|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * Multibyte extensions partly by Sung-Hoon Baek
|
|
|
5 *
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
7 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
8 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
9 */
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * mbyte.c: Code specifically for handling multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
12 *
|
|
|
13 * The encoding used in the core is set with 'encoding'. When 'encoding' is
|
|
|
14 * changed, the following four variables are set (for speed).
|
|
|
15 * Currently these types of character encodings are supported:
|
|
|
16 *
|
|
|
17 * "enc_dbcs" When non-zero it tells the type of double byte character
|
|
|
18 * encoding (Chinese, Korean, Japanese, etc.).
|
|
|
19 * The cell width on the display is equal to the number of
|
|
|
20 * bytes. (exception: DBCS_JPNU with first byte 0x8e)
|
|
|
21 * Recognizing the first or second byte is difficult, it
|
|
|
22 * requires checking a byte sequence from the start.
|
|
|
23 * "enc_utf8" When TRUE use Unicode characters in UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
|
24 * The cell width on the display needs to be determined from
|
|
|
25 * the character value.
|
|
|
26 * Recognizing bytes is easy: 0xxx.xxxx is a single-byte
|
|
|
27 * char, 10xx.xxxx is a trailing byte, 11xx.xxxx is a leading
|
|
|
28 * byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
29 * To make things complicated, up to two composing characters
|
|
|
30 * are allowed. These are drawn on top of the first char.
|
|
|
31 * For most editing the sequence of bytes with composing
|
|
|
32 * characters included is considered to be one character.
|
|
|
33 * "enc_unicode" When 2 use 16-bit Unicode characters (or UTF-16).
|
|
|
34 * When 4 use 32-but Unicode characters.
|
|
|
35 * Internally characters are stored in UTF-8 encoding to
|
|
|
36 * avoid NUL bytes. Conversion happens when doing I/O.
|
|
|
37 * "enc_utf8" will also be TRUE.
|
|
|
38 *
|
|
|
39 * "has_mbyte" is set when "enc_dbcs" or "enc_utf8" is non-zero.
|
|
|
40 *
|
|
|
41 * If none of these is TRUE, 8-bit bytes are used for a character. The
|
|
|
42 * encoding isn't currently specified (TODO).
|
|
|
43 *
|
|
|
44 * 'encoding' specifies the encoding used in the core. This is in registers,
|
|
|
45 * text manipulation, buffers, etc. Conversion has to be done when characters
|
|
|
46 * in another encoding are received or send:
|
|
|
47 *
|
|
|
48 * clipboard
|
|
|
49 * ^
|
|
|
50 * | (2)
|
|
|
51 * V
|
|
|
52 * +---------------+
|
|
|
53 * (1) | | (3)
|
|
|
54 * keyboard ----->| core |-----> display
|
|
|
55 * | |
|
|
|
56 * +---------------+
|
|
|
57 * ^
|
|
|
58 * | (4)
|
|
|
59 * V
|
|
|
60 * file
|
|
|
61 *
|
|
|
62 * (1) Typed characters arrive in the current locale. Conversion is to be
|
|
|
63 * done when 'encoding' is different from 'termencoding'.
|
|
|
64 * (2) Text will be made available with the encoding specified with
|
|
|
65 * 'encoding'. If this is not sufficient, system-specific conversion
|
|
|
66 * might be required.
|
|
|
67 * (3) For the GUI the correct font must be selected, no conversion done.
|
|
|
68 * Otherwise, conversion is to be done when 'encoding' differs from
|
|
|
69 * 'termencoding'. (Different in the GTK+ 2 port -- 'termencoding'
|
|
|
70 * is always used for both input and output and must always be set to
|
|
|
71 * "utf-8". gui_mch_init() does this automatically.)
|
|
|
72 * (4) The encoding of the file is specified with 'fileencoding'. Conversion
|
|
|
73 * is to be done when it's different from 'encoding'.
|
|
|
74 *
|
|
|
75 * The viminfo file is a special case: Only text is converted, not file names.
|
|
|
76 * Vim scripts may contain an ":encoding" command. This has an effect for
|
|
|
77 * some commands, like ":menutrans"
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
80 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 #ifdef WIN32UNIX
|
|
|
83 # ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
84 # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 # include <windows.h>
|
|
|
87 # ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
88 # undef WIN32 /* Some windows.h define WIN32, we don't want that here. */
|
|
|
89 # endif
|
|
|
90 #endif
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 #if (defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
|
|
|
93 # include <winnls.h>
|
|
|
94 #endif
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
97 # include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
|
|
|
98 #endif
|
|
|
99 #ifdef X_LOCALE
|
|
|
100 #include <X11/Xlocale.h>
|
|
|
101 #endif
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2)
|
|
|
104 # include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
|
|
|
105 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
106 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
|
|
|
107 # else
|
|
|
108 # include <gdk/gdkx.h>
|
|
|
109 # endif
|
|
|
110 #endif
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
|
|
|
113 # include <wchar.h>
|
|
|
114 #endif
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 #if 0
|
|
|
117 /* This has been disabled, because several people reported problems with the
|
|
|
118 * wcwidth() and iswprint() library functions, esp. for Hebrew. */
|
|
|
119 # ifdef __STDC_ISO_10646__
|
|
|
120 # define USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
121 # endif
|
|
|
122 #endif
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 static int enc_canon_search __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
127 static int dbcs_char2len __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static int dbcs_char2bytes __ARGS((int c, char_u *buf));
|
|
474
|
129 static int dbcs_ptr2len __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
7
|
130 static int dbcs_char2cells __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
131 static int dbcs_ptr2char __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
133 /* Lookup table to quickly get the length in bytes of a UTF-8 character from
|
|
|
134 * the first byte of a UTF-8 string. Bytes which are illegal when used as the
|
|
|
135 * first byte have a one, because these will be used separately. */
|
|
|
136 static char utf8len_tab[256] =
|
|
|
137 {
|
|
|
138 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
139 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
140 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
141 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
142 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/
|
|
|
143 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/
|
|
|
144 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
|
|
|
145 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6,1,1,
|
|
|
146 };
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
148 /*
|
|
|
149 * XIM often causes trouble. Define XIM_DEBUG to get a log of XIM callbacks
|
|
|
150 * in the "xim.log" file.
|
|
|
151 */
|
|
|
152 /* #define XIM_DEBUG */
|
|
|
153 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
154 static void
|
|
|
155 xim_log(char *s, ...)
|
|
|
156 {
|
|
|
157 va_list arglist;
|
|
|
158 static FILE *fd = NULL;
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 if (fd == (FILE *)-1)
|
|
|
161 return;
|
|
|
162 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
163 {
|
|
|
164 fd = fopen("xim.log", "w");
|
|
|
165 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 EMSG("Cannot open xim.log");
|
|
|
168 fd = (FILE *)-1;
|
|
|
169 return;
|
|
|
170 }
|
|
|
171 }
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 va_start(arglist, s);
|
|
|
174 vfprintf(fd, s, arglist);
|
|
|
175 va_end(arglist);
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
179 #endif
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
182 /*
|
|
|
183 * Canonical encoding names and their properties.
|
|
|
184 * "iso-8859-n" is handled by enc_canonize() directly.
|
|
|
185 */
|
|
|
186 static struct
|
|
|
187 { char *name; int prop; int codepage;}
|
|
|
188 enc_canon_table[] =
|
|
|
189 {
|
|
|
190 #define IDX_LATIN_1 0
|
|
|
191 {"latin1", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN1, 1252},
|
|
|
192 #define IDX_ISO_2 1
|
|
|
193 {"iso-8859-2", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
194 #define IDX_ISO_3 2
|
|
|
195 {"iso-8859-3", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
196 #define IDX_ISO_4 3
|
|
|
197 {"iso-8859-4", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
198 #define IDX_ISO_5 4
|
|
|
199 {"iso-8859-5", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
200 #define IDX_ISO_6 5
|
|
|
201 {"iso-8859-6", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
202 #define IDX_ISO_7 6
|
|
|
203 {"iso-8859-7", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
204 #define IDX_ISO_8 7
|
|
7
|
205 {"iso-8859-8", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
206 #define IDX_ISO_9 8
|
|
7
|
207 {"iso-8859-9", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
208 #define IDX_ISO_10 9
|
|
7
|
209 {"iso-8859-10", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
210 #define IDX_ISO_11 10
|
|
7
|
211 {"iso-8859-11", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
212 #define IDX_ISO_13 11
|
|
7
|
213 {"iso-8859-13", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
214 #define IDX_ISO_14 12
|
|
7
|
215 {"iso-8859-14", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
216 #define IDX_ISO_15 13
|
|
26
|
217 {"iso-8859-15", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN9, 0},
|
|
407
|
218 #define IDX_KOI8_R 14
|
|
7
|
219 {"koi8-r", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
220 #define IDX_KOI8_U 15
|
|
7
|
221 {"koi8-u", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
407
|
222 #define IDX_UTF8 16
|
|
7
|
223 {"utf-8", ENC_UNICODE, 0},
|
|
407
|
224 #define IDX_UCS2 17
|
|
7
|
225 {"ucs-2", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2BYTE, 0},
|
|
407
|
226 #define IDX_UCS2LE 18
|
|
7
|
227 {"ucs-2le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2BYTE, 0},
|
|
407
|
228 #define IDX_UTF16 19
|
|
7
|
229 {"utf-16", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2WORD, 0},
|
|
407
|
230 #define IDX_UTF16LE 20
|
|
7
|
231 {"utf-16le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2WORD, 0},
|
|
407
|
232 #define IDX_UCS4 21
|
|
7
|
233 {"ucs-4", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
|
|
407
|
234 #define IDX_UCS4LE 22
|
|
7
|
235 {"ucs-4le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
|
|
407
|
236
|
|
|
237 /* For debugging DBCS encoding on Unix. */
|
|
|
238 #define IDX_DEBUG 23
|
|
7
|
239 {"debug", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_DEBUG},
|
|
407
|
240 #define IDX_EUC_JP 24
|
|
7
|
241 {"euc-jp", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPNU},
|
|
407
|
242 #define IDX_SJIS 25
|
|
7
|
243 {"sjis", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN},
|
|
407
|
244 #define IDX_EUC_KR 26
|
|
7
|
245 {"euc-kr", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KORU},
|
|
407
|
246 #define IDX_EUC_CN 27
|
|
7
|
247 {"euc-cn", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHSU},
|
|
407
|
248 #define IDX_EUC_TW 28
|
|
7
|
249 {"euc-tw", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHTU},
|
|
407
|
250 #define IDX_BIG5 29
|
|
7
|
251 {"big5", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT},
|
|
407
|
252
|
|
|
253 /* MS-DOS and MS-Windows codepages are included here, so that they can be
|
|
|
254 * used on Unix too. Most of them are similar to ISO-8859 encodings, but
|
|
|
255 * not exactly the same. */
|
|
|
256 #define IDX_CP437 30
|
|
|
257 {"cp437", ENC_8BIT, 437}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
|
|
|
258 #define IDX_CP737 31
|
|
|
259 {"cp737", ENC_8BIT, 737}, /* like iso-8859-7 */
|
|
|
260 #define IDX_CP775 32
|
|
|
261 {"cp775", ENC_8BIT, 775}, /* Baltic */
|
|
|
262 #define IDX_CP850 33
|
|
|
263 {"cp850", ENC_8BIT, 850}, /* like iso-8859-4 */
|
|
|
264 #define IDX_CP852 34
|
|
|
265 {"cp852", ENC_8BIT, 852}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
|
|
|
266 #define IDX_CP855 35
|
|
|
267 {"cp855", ENC_8BIT, 855}, /* like iso-8859-2 */
|
|
|
268 #define IDX_CP857 36
|
|
|
269 {"cp857", ENC_8BIT, 857}, /* like iso-8859-5 */
|
|
|
270 #define IDX_CP860 37
|
|
|
271 {"cp860", ENC_8BIT, 860}, /* like iso-8859-9 */
|
|
|
272 #define IDX_CP861 38
|
|
|
273 {"cp861", ENC_8BIT, 861}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
|
|
|
274 #define IDX_CP862 39
|
|
|
275 {"cp862", ENC_8BIT, 862}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
|
|
|
276 #define IDX_CP863 40
|
|
|
277 {"cp863", ENC_8BIT, 863}, /* like iso-8859-8 */
|
|
|
278 #define IDX_CP865 41
|
|
|
279 {"cp865", ENC_8BIT, 865}, /* like iso-8859-1 */
|
|
|
280 #define IDX_CP866 42
|
|
|
281 {"cp866", ENC_8BIT, 866}, /* like iso-8859-5 */
|
|
|
282 #define IDX_CP869 43
|
|
|
283 {"cp869", ENC_8BIT, 869}, /* like iso-8859-7 */
|
|
|
284 #define IDX_CP874 44
|
|
|
285 {"cp874", ENC_8BIT, 874}, /* Thai */
|
|
|
286 #define IDX_CP932 45
|
|
|
287 {"cp932", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN},
|
|
|
288 #define IDX_CP936 46
|
|
|
289 {"cp936", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHS},
|
|
|
290 #define IDX_CP949 47
|
|
|
291 {"cp949", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KOR},
|
|
|
292 #define IDX_CP950 48
|
|
|
293 {"cp950", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT},
|
|
|
294 #define IDX_CP1250 49
|
|
|
295 {"cp1250", ENC_8BIT, 1250}, /* Czech, Polish, etc. */
|
|
|
296 #define IDX_CP1251 50
|
|
|
297 {"cp1251", ENC_8BIT, 1251}, /* Cyrillic */
|
|
|
298 /* cp1252 is considered to be equal to latin1 */
|
|
|
299 #define IDX_CP1253 51
|
|
|
300 {"cp1253", ENC_8BIT, 1253}, /* Greek */
|
|
|
301 #define IDX_CP1254 52
|
|
|
302 {"cp1254", ENC_8BIT, 1254}, /* Turkish */
|
|
|
303 #define IDX_CP1255 53
|
|
|
304 {"cp1255", ENC_8BIT, 1255}, /* Hebrew */
|
|
|
305 #define IDX_CP1256 54
|
|
|
306 {"cp1256", ENC_8BIT, 1256}, /* Arabic */
|
|
|
307 #define IDX_CP1257 55
|
|
|
308 {"cp1257", ENC_8BIT, 1257}, /* Baltic */
|
|
|
309 #define IDX_CP1258 56
|
|
|
310 {"cp1258", ENC_8BIT, 1258}, /* Vietnamese */
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
312 #define IDX_MACROMAN 57
|
|
|
313 {"macroman", ENC_8BIT + ENC_MACROMAN, 0}, /* Mac OS */
|
|
|
314 #define IDX_COUNT 58
|
|
7
|
315 };
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 /*
|
|
|
318 * Aliases for encoding names.
|
|
|
319 */
|
|
|
320 static struct
|
|
|
321 { char *name; int canon;}
|
|
|
322 enc_alias_table[] =
|
|
|
323 {
|
|
|
324 {"ansi", IDX_LATIN_1},
|
|
|
325 {"iso-8859-1", IDX_LATIN_1},
|
|
|
326 {"latin2", IDX_ISO_2},
|
|
|
327 {"latin3", IDX_ISO_3},
|
|
|
328 {"latin4", IDX_ISO_4},
|
|
|
329 {"cyrillic", IDX_ISO_5},
|
|
|
330 {"arabic", IDX_ISO_6},
|
|
|
331 {"greek", IDX_ISO_7},
|
|
|
332 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
333 {"hebrew", IDX_CP1255},
|
|
|
334 #else
|
|
|
335 {"hebrew", IDX_ISO_8},
|
|
|
336 #endif
|
|
|
337 {"latin5", IDX_ISO_9},
|
|
|
338 {"turkish", IDX_ISO_9}, /* ? */
|
|
|
339 {"latin6", IDX_ISO_10},
|
|
|
340 {"nordic", IDX_ISO_10}, /* ? */
|
|
|
341 {"thai", IDX_ISO_11}, /* ? */
|
|
|
342 {"latin7", IDX_ISO_13},
|
|
|
343 {"latin8", IDX_ISO_14},
|
|
|
344 {"latin9", IDX_ISO_15},
|
|
|
345 {"utf8", IDX_UTF8},
|
|
|
346 {"unicode", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
347 {"ucs2", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
348 {"ucs2be", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
349 {"ucs-2be", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
350 {"ucs2le", IDX_UCS2LE},
|
|
|
351 {"utf16", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
352 {"utf16be", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
353 {"utf-16be", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
354 {"utf16le", IDX_UTF16LE},
|
|
|
355 {"ucs4", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
356 {"ucs4be", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
357 {"ucs-4be", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
358 {"ucs4le", IDX_UCS4LE},
|
|
|
359 {"932", IDX_CP932},
|
|
|
360 {"949", IDX_CP949},
|
|
|
361 {"936", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
362 {"950", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
363 {"eucjp", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
364 {"unix-jis", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
365 {"ujis", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
366 {"shift-jis", IDX_SJIS},
|
|
|
367 {"euckr", IDX_EUC_KR},
|
|
|
368 {"5601", IDX_EUC_KR}, /* Sun: KS C 5601 */
|
|
|
369 {"euccn", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
370 {"gb2312", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
371 {"euctw", IDX_EUC_TW},
|
|
|
372 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
373 {"japan", IDX_CP932},
|
|
|
374 {"korea", IDX_CP949},
|
|
|
375 {"prc", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
376 {"chinese", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
377 {"taiwan", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
378 {"big5", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
379 #else
|
|
|
380 {"japan", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
381 {"korea", IDX_EUC_KR},
|
|
|
382 {"prc", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
383 {"chinese", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
384 {"taiwan", IDX_EUC_TW},
|
|
|
385 {"cp950", IDX_BIG5},
|
|
|
386 {"950", IDX_BIG5},
|
|
|
387 #endif
|
|
|
388 {"mac", IDX_MACROMAN},
|
|
|
389 {NULL, 0}
|
|
|
390 };
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
392 #ifndef CP_UTF8
|
|
|
393 # define CP_UTF8 65001 /* magic number from winnls.h */
|
|
|
394 #endif
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 /*
|
|
|
397 * Find encoding "name" in the list of canonical encoding names.
|
|
|
398 * Returns -1 if not found.
|
|
|
399 */
|
|
|
400 static int
|
|
|
401 enc_canon_search(name)
|
|
|
402 char_u *name;
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 int i;
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
406 for (i = 0; i < IDX_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
407 if (STRCMP(name, enc_canon_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
408 return i;
|
|
|
409 return -1;
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 #endif
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
416 /*
|
|
|
417 * Find canonical encoding "name" in the list and return its properties.
|
|
|
418 * Returns 0 if not found.
|
|
|
419 */
|
|
|
420 int
|
|
|
421 enc_canon_props(name)
|
|
|
422 char_u *name;
|
|
|
423 {
|
|
|
424 int i;
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
426 i = enc_canon_search(name);
|
|
|
427 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
428 return enc_canon_table[i].prop;
|
|
|
429 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
430 if (name[0] == 'c' && name[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(name[2]))
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 CPINFO cpinfo;
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
434 /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
|
|
|
435 if (GetCPInfo(atoi(name + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
|
|
|
436 {
|
|
|
437 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) /* some single-byte encoding */
|
|
|
438 return ENC_8BIT;
|
|
|
439 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
|
|
|
440 && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
|
|
|
441 /* must be a DBCS encoding */
|
|
|
442 return ENC_DBCS;
|
|
|
443 }
|
|
|
444 return 0;
|
|
|
445 }
|
|
|
446 #endif
|
|
|
447 if (STRNCMP(name, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
448 return ENC_DBCS;
|
|
|
449 if (STRNCMP(name, "8bit-", 5) == 0 || STRNCMP(name, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
450 return ENC_8BIT;
|
|
|
451 return 0;
|
|
|
452 }
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 /*
|
|
|
455 * Set up for using multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
456 * Called in three cases:
|
|
|
457 * - by main() to initialize (p_enc == NULL)
|
|
|
458 * - by set_init_1() after 'encoding' was set to its default.
|
|
|
459 * - by do_set() when 'encoding' has been set.
|
|
|
460 * p_enc must have been passed through enc_canonize() already.
|
|
|
461 * Sets the "enc_unicode", "enc_utf8", "enc_dbcs" and "has_mbyte" flags.
|
|
|
462 * Fills mb_bytelen_tab[] and returns NULL when there are no problems.
|
|
|
463 * When there is something wrong: Returns an error message and doesn't change
|
|
|
464 * anything.
|
|
|
465 */
|
|
|
466 char_u *
|
|
|
467 mb_init()
|
|
|
468 {
|
|
|
469 int i;
|
|
|
470 int idx;
|
|
|
471 int n;
|
|
|
472 int enc_dbcs_new = 0;
|
|
|
473 #if defined(USE_ICONV) && !defined(WIN3264) && !defined(WIN32UNIX) \
|
|
|
474 && !defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
475 # define LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
476 vimconv_T vimconv;
|
|
|
477 char_u *p;
|
|
|
478 #endif
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 if (p_enc == NULL)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 /* Just starting up: set the whole table to one's. */
|
|
|
483 for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
|
484 mb_bytelen_tab[i] = 1;
|
|
|
485 input_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
486 input_conv.vc_factor = 1;
|
|
|
487 output_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
488 return NULL;
|
|
|
489 }
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
491 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
492 if (p_enc[0] == 'c' && p_enc[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(p_enc[2]))
|
|
|
493 {
|
|
|
494 CPINFO cpinfo;
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
|
|
|
497 if (GetCPInfo(atoi(p_enc + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 /* some single-byte encoding */
|
|
|
502 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
503 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
504 }
|
|
|
505 else if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
|
|
|
506 && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 /* must be a DBCS encoding, check below */
|
|
|
509 enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 2);
|
|
|
510 }
|
|
|
511 else
|
|
|
512 goto codepage_invalid;
|
|
|
513 }
|
|
|
514 else if (GetLastError() == ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER)
|
|
|
515 {
|
|
|
516 codepage_invalid:
|
|
|
517 return (char_u *)N_("E543: Not a valid codepage");
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519 }
|
|
|
520 #endif
|
|
|
521 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "8bit-", 5) == 0
|
|
|
522 || STRNCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
523 {
|
|
|
524 /* Accept any "8bit-" or "iso-8859-" name. */
|
|
|
525 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
526 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
527 }
|
|
|
528 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
531 /* Windows: accept only valid codepage numbers, check below. */
|
|
|
532 if (p_enc[6] != 'c' || p_enc[7] != 'p'
|
|
|
533 || (enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 8)) == 0)
|
|
|
534 return e_invarg;
|
|
|
535 #else
|
|
|
536 /* Unix: accept any "2byte-" name, assume current locale. */
|
|
|
537 enc_dbcs_new = DBCS_2BYTE;
|
|
|
538 #endif
|
|
|
539 }
|
|
|
540 else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p_enc)) >= 0)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 i = enc_canon_table[idx].prop;
|
|
|
543 if (i & ENC_UNICODE)
|
|
|
544 {
|
|
|
545 /* Unicode */
|
|
|
546 enc_utf8 = TRUE;
|
|
|
547 if (i & (ENC_2BYTE | ENC_2WORD))
|
|
|
548 enc_unicode = 2;
|
|
|
549 else if (i & ENC_4BYTE)
|
|
|
550 enc_unicode = 4;
|
|
|
551 else
|
|
|
552 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
553 }
|
|
|
554 else if (i & ENC_DBCS)
|
|
|
555 {
|
|
|
556 /* 2byte, handle below */
|
|
|
557 enc_dbcs_new = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
|
|
|
558 }
|
|
|
559 else
|
|
|
560 {
|
|
|
561 /* Must be 8-bit. */
|
|
|
562 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
563 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
564 }
|
|
|
565 }
|
|
|
566 else /* Don't know what encoding this is, reject it. */
|
|
|
567 return e_invarg;
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 if (enc_dbcs_new != 0)
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
572 /* Check if the DBCS code page is OK. */
|
|
|
573 if (!IsValidCodePage(enc_dbcs_new))
|
|
|
574 goto codepage_invalid;
|
|
|
575 #endif
|
|
|
576 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
577 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
578 }
|
|
|
579 enc_dbcs = enc_dbcs_new;
|
|
|
580 has_mbyte = (enc_dbcs != 0 || enc_utf8);
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
583 enc_codepage = encname2codepage(p_enc);
|
|
26
|
584 enc_latin9 = (STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0);
|
|
7
|
585 #endif
|
|
|
586
|
|
492
|
587 /* Detect an encoding that uses latin1 characters. */
|
|
|
588 enc_latin1like = (enc_utf8 || STRCMP(p_enc, "latin1") == 0
|
|
|
589 || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0);
|
|
|
590
|
|
7
|
591 /*
|
|
|
592 * Set the function pointers.
|
|
|
593 */
|
|
|
594 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
595 {
|
|
474
|
596 mb_ptr2len = utfc_ptr2len;
|
|
7
|
597 mb_char2len = utf_char2len;
|
|
|
598 mb_char2bytes = utf_char2bytes;
|
|
|
599 mb_ptr2cells = utf_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
600 mb_char2cells = utf_char2cells;
|
|
|
601 mb_off2cells = utf_off2cells;
|
|
|
602 mb_ptr2char = utf_ptr2char;
|
|
|
603 mb_head_off = utf_head_off;
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
|
|
|
606 {
|
|
474
|
607 mb_ptr2len = dbcs_ptr2len;
|
|
7
|
608 mb_char2len = dbcs_char2len;
|
|
|
609 mb_char2bytes = dbcs_char2bytes;
|
|
|
610 mb_ptr2cells = dbcs_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
611 mb_char2cells = dbcs_char2cells;
|
|
|
612 mb_off2cells = dbcs_off2cells;
|
|
|
613 mb_ptr2char = dbcs_ptr2char;
|
|
|
614 mb_head_off = dbcs_head_off;
|
|
|
615 }
|
|
|
616 else
|
|
|
617 {
|
|
474
|
618 mb_ptr2len = latin_ptr2len;
|
|
7
|
619 mb_char2len = latin_char2len;
|
|
|
620 mb_char2bytes = latin_char2bytes;
|
|
|
621 mb_ptr2cells = latin_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
622 mb_char2cells = latin_char2cells;
|
|
|
623 mb_off2cells = latin_off2cells;
|
|
|
624 mb_ptr2char = latin_ptr2char;
|
|
|
625 mb_head_off = latin_head_off;
|
|
|
626 }
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 /*
|
|
|
629 * Fill the mb_bytelen_tab[] for MB_BYTE2LEN().
|
|
|
630 */
|
|
|
631 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
632 /* When 'encoding' is different from the current locale mblen() won't
|
|
|
633 * work. Use conversion to "utf-8" instead. */
|
|
|
634 vimconv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
635 if (enc_dbcs)
|
|
|
636 {
|
|
|
637 p = enc_locale();
|
|
|
638 if (p == NULL || STRCMP(p, p_enc) != 0)
|
|
|
639 {
|
|
|
640 convert_setup(&vimconv, p_enc, (char_u *)"utf-8");
|
|
|
641 vimconv.vc_fail = TRUE;
|
|
|
642 }
|
|
|
643 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645 #endif
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
|
648 {
|
|
|
649 /* Our own function to reliably check the length of UTF-8 characters,
|
|
|
650 * independent of mblen(). */
|
|
|
651 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
652 n = utf8len_tab[i];
|
|
|
653 else if (enc_dbcs == 0)
|
|
|
654 n = 1;
|
|
|
655 else
|
|
|
656 {
|
|
|
657 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
|
|
|
658 /* enc_dbcs is set by setting 'fileencoding'. It becomes a Windows
|
|
|
659 * CodePage identifier, which we can pass directly in to Windows
|
|
|
660 * API */
|
|
|
661 n = IsDBCSLeadByteEx(enc_dbcs, (BYTE)i) ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
662 #else
|
|
|
663 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
664 /*
|
|
|
665 * if mblen() is not available, character which MSB is turned on
|
|
|
666 * are treated as leading byte character. (note : This assumption
|
|
|
667 * is not always true.)
|
|
|
668 */
|
|
|
669 n = (i & 0x80) ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
670 # else
|
|
|
671 char buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
672 # ifdef X_LOCALE
|
|
|
673 # ifndef mblen
|
|
|
674 # define mblen _Xmblen
|
|
|
675 # endif
|
|
|
676 # endif
|
|
|
677 if (i == NUL) /* just in case mblen() can't handle "" */
|
|
|
678 n = 1;
|
|
|
679 else
|
|
|
680 {
|
|
|
681 buf[0] = i;
|
|
|
682 buf[1] = 0;
|
|
|
683 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
684 if (vimconv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
685 {
|
|
|
686 /*
|
|
|
687 * string_convert() should fail when converting the first
|
|
|
688 * byte of a double-byte character.
|
|
|
689 */
|
|
|
690 p = string_convert(&vimconv, (char_u *)buf, NULL);
|
|
|
691 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
694 n = 1;
|
|
|
695 }
|
|
|
696 else
|
|
|
697 n = 2;
|
|
|
698 }
|
|
|
699 else
|
|
|
700 #endif
|
|
|
701 {
|
|
|
702 /*
|
|
|
703 * mblen() should return -1 for invalid (means the leading
|
|
|
704 * multibyte) character. However there are some platforms
|
|
|
705 * where mblen() returns 0 for invalid character.
|
|
|
706 * Therefore, following condition includes 0.
|
|
|
707 */
|
|
418
|
708 (void)mblen(NULL, 0); /* First reset the state. */
|
|
7
|
709 if (mblen(buf, (size_t)1) <= 0)
|
|
|
710 n = 2;
|
|
|
711 else
|
|
|
712 n = 1;
|
|
|
713 }
|
|
|
714 }
|
|
|
715 # endif
|
|
|
716 #endif
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 mb_bytelen_tab[i] = n;
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
723 convert_setup(&vimconv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
724 #endif
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 /* The cell width depends on the type of multi-byte characters. */
|
|
|
727 (void)init_chartab();
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /* When enc_utf8 is set or reset, (de)allocate ScreenLinesUC[] */
|
|
|
730 screenalloc(FALSE);
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 /* When using Unicode, set default for 'fileencodings'. */
|
|
|
733 if (enc_utf8 && !option_was_set((char_u *)"fencs"))
|
|
|
734 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fencs", -1,
|
|
39
|
735 (char_u *)"ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1", OPT_FREE);
|
|
7
|
736 #if defined(HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET) && defined(FEAT_GETTEXT)
|
|
|
737 /* GNU gettext 0.10.37 supports this feature: set the codeset used for
|
|
|
738 * translated messages independently from the current locale. */
|
|
|
739 (void)bind_textdomain_codeset(VIMPACKAGE,
|
|
|
740 enc_utf8 ? "utf-8" : (char *)p_enc);
|
|
|
741 #endif
|
|
|
742
|
|
23
|
743 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
744 /* When changing 'encoding' while starting up, then convert the command
|
|
|
745 * line arguments from the active codepage to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
746 if (starting != 0)
|
|
|
747 fix_arg_enc();
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
|
749
|
|
7
|
750 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
751 /* Fire an autocommand to let people do custom font setup. This must be
|
|
|
752 * after Vim has been setup for the new encoding. */
|
|
|
753 apply_autocmds(EVENT_ENCODINGCHANGED, NULL, (char_u *)"", FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
754 #endif
|
|
|
755
|
|
11
|
756 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
757 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
758 gui_mch_update_codec();
|
|
|
759 #endif
|
|
|
760
|
|
236
|
761 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
762 /* Need to reload spell dictionaries */
|
|
|
763 spell_reload();
|
|
|
764 #endif
|
|
|
765
|
|
7
|
766 return NULL;
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 /*
|
|
|
770 * Return the size of the BOM for the current buffer:
|
|
|
771 * 0 - no BOM
|
|
|
772 * 2 - UCS-2 or UTF-16 BOM
|
|
|
773 * 4 - UCS-4 BOM
|
|
|
774 * 3 - UTF-8 BOM
|
|
|
775 */
|
|
|
776 int
|
|
|
777 bomb_size()
|
|
|
778 {
|
|
|
779 int n = 0;
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 if (curbuf->b_p_bomb && !curbuf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
782 {
|
|
|
783 if (*curbuf->b_p_fenc == NUL)
|
|
|
784 {
|
|
|
785 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 if (enc_unicode != 0)
|
|
|
788 n = enc_unicode;
|
|
|
789 else
|
|
|
790 n = 3;
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792 }
|
|
|
793 else if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-8") == 0)
|
|
|
794 n = 3;
|
|
|
795 else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-2", 5) == 0
|
|
|
796 || STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-16", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
797 n = 2;
|
|
|
798 else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-4", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
799 n = 4;
|
|
|
800 }
|
|
|
801 return n;
|
|
|
802 }
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
804 /*
|
|
|
805 * Get class of pointer:
|
|
|
806 * 0 for blank or NUL
|
|
|
807 * 1 for punctuation
|
|
|
808 * 2 for an (ASCII) word character
|
|
|
809 * >2 for other word characters
|
|
|
810 */
|
|
|
811 int
|
|
|
812 mb_get_class(p)
|
|
|
813 char_u *p;
|
|
|
814 {
|
|
|
815 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(p[0]) == 1)
|
|
|
816 {
|
|
|
817 if (p[0] == NUL || vim_iswhite(p[0]))
|
|
|
818 return 0;
|
|
|
819 if (vim_iswordc(p[0]))
|
|
|
820 return 2;
|
|
|
821 return 1;
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && p[0] != NUL && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
824 return dbcs_class(p[0], p[1]);
|
|
|
825 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
826 return utf_class(utf_ptr2char(p));
|
|
|
827 return 0;
|
|
|
828 }
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
830 /*
|
|
|
831 * Get class of a double-byte character. This always returns 3 or bigger.
|
|
|
832 * TODO: Should return 1 for punctuation.
|
|
|
833 */
|
|
|
834 int
|
|
|
835 dbcs_class(lead, trail)
|
|
|
836 unsigned lead;
|
|
|
837 unsigned trail;
|
|
|
838 {
|
|
|
839 switch (enc_dbcs)
|
|
|
840 {
|
|
|
841 /* please add classfy routine for your language in here */
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 case DBCS_JPNU: /* ? */
|
|
|
844 case DBCS_JPN:
|
|
|
845 {
|
|
|
846 /* JIS code classification */
|
|
|
847 unsigned char lb = lead;
|
|
|
848 unsigned char tb = trail;
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
850 /* convert process code to JIS */
|
|
|
851 # if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
852 /* process code is SJIS */
|
|
|
853 if (lb <= 0x9f)
|
|
|
854 lb = (lb - 0x81) * 2 + 0x21;
|
|
|
855 else
|
|
|
856 lb = (lb - 0xc1) * 2 + 0x21;
|
|
|
857 if (tb <= 0x7e)
|
|
|
858 tb -= 0x1f;
|
|
|
859 else if (tb <= 0x9e)
|
|
|
860 tb -= 0x20;
|
|
|
861 else
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
|
863 tb -= 0x7e;
|
|
|
864 lb += 1;
|
|
|
865 }
|
|
|
866 # else
|
|
|
867 /*
|
|
|
868 * XXX: Code page identification can not use with all
|
|
|
869 * system! So, some other encoding information
|
|
|
870 * will be needed.
|
|
|
871 * In japanese: SJIS,EUC,UNICODE,(JIS)
|
|
|
872 * Note that JIS-code system don't use as
|
|
|
873 * process code in most system because it uses
|
|
|
874 * escape sequences(JIS is context depend encoding).
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 /* assume process code is JAPANESE-EUC */
|
|
|
877 lb &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
878 tb &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
879 # endif
|
|
|
880 /* exceptions */
|
|
|
881 switch (lb << 8 | tb)
|
|
|
882 {
|
|
|
883 case 0x2121: /* ZENKAKU space */
|
|
|
884 return 0;
|
|
|
885 case 0x2122: /* KU-TEN (Japanese comma) */
|
|
|
886 case 0x2123: /* TOU-TEN (Japanese period) */
|
|
|
887 case 0x2124: /* ZENKAKU comma */
|
|
|
888 case 0x2125: /* ZENKAKU period */
|
|
|
889 return 1;
|
|
|
890 case 0x213c: /* prolongedsound handled as KATAKANA */
|
|
|
891 return 13;
|
|
|
892 }
|
|
|
893 /* sieved by KU code */
|
|
|
894 switch (lb)
|
|
|
895 {
|
|
|
896 case 0x21:
|
|
|
897 case 0x22:
|
|
|
898 /* special symbols */
|
|
|
899 return 10;
|
|
|
900 case 0x23:
|
|
|
901 /* alpha-numeric */
|
|
|
902 return 11;
|
|
|
903 case 0x24:
|
|
|
904 /* hiragana */
|
|
|
905 return 12;
|
|
|
906 case 0x25:
|
|
|
907 /* katakana */
|
|
|
908 return 13;
|
|
|
909 case 0x26:
|
|
|
910 /* greek */
|
|
|
911 return 14;
|
|
|
912 case 0x27:
|
|
|
913 /* russian */
|
|
|
914 return 15;
|
|
|
915 case 0x28:
|
|
|
916 /* lines */
|
|
|
917 return 16;
|
|
|
918 default:
|
|
|
919 /* kanji */
|
|
|
920 return 17;
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922 }
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 case DBCS_KORU: /* ? */
|
|
|
925 case DBCS_KOR:
|
|
|
926 {
|
|
|
927 /* KS code classification */
|
|
|
928 unsigned char c1 = lead;
|
|
|
929 unsigned char c2 = trail;
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 /*
|
|
|
932 * 20 : Hangul
|
|
|
933 * 21 : Hanja
|
|
|
934 * 22 : Symbols
|
|
|
935 * 23 : Alpha-numeric/Roman Letter (Full width)
|
|
|
936 * 24 : Hangul Letter(Alphabet)
|
|
|
937 * 25 : Roman Numeral/Greek Letter
|
|
|
938 * 26 : Box Drawings
|
|
|
939 * 27 : Unit Symbols
|
|
|
940 * 28 : Circled/Parenthesized Letter
|
|
|
941 * 29 : Hirigana/Katakana
|
|
|
942 * 30 : Cyrillic Letter
|
|
|
943 */
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 if (c1 >= 0xB0 && c1 <= 0xC8)
|
|
|
946 /* Hangul */
|
|
|
947 return 20;
|
|
|
948 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
|
|
|
949 else if (c1 <= 0xA0 || c2 <= 0xA0)
|
|
|
950 /* Extended Hangul Region : MS UHC(Unified Hangul Code) */
|
|
|
951 /* c1: 0x81-0xA0 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xFE
|
|
|
952 * c1: 0xA1-0xC6 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xA0
|
|
|
953 */
|
|
|
954 return 20;
|
|
|
955 #endif
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 else if (c1 >= 0xCA && c1 <= 0xFD)
|
|
|
958 /* Hanja */
|
|
|
959 return 21;
|
|
|
960 else switch (c1)
|
|
|
961 {
|
|
|
962 case 0xA1:
|
|
|
963 case 0xA2:
|
|
|
964 /* Symbols */
|
|
|
965 return 22;
|
|
|
966 case 0xA3:
|
|
|
967 /* Alpha-numeric */
|
|
|
968 return 23;
|
|
|
969 case 0xA4:
|
|
|
970 /* Hangul Letter(Alphabet) */
|
|
|
971 return 24;
|
|
|
972 case 0xA5:
|
|
|
973 /* Roman Numeral/Greek Letter */
|
|
|
974 return 25;
|
|
|
975 case 0xA6:
|
|
|
976 /* Box Drawings */
|
|
|
977 return 26;
|
|
|
978 case 0xA7:
|
|
|
979 /* Unit Symbols */
|
|
|
980 return 27;
|
|
|
981 case 0xA8:
|
|
|
982 case 0xA9:
|
|
|
983 if (c2 <= 0xAF)
|
|
|
984 return 25; /* Roman Letter */
|
|
|
985 else if (c2 >= 0xF6)
|
|
|
986 return 22; /* Symbols */
|
|
|
987 else
|
|
|
988 /* Circled/Parenthesized Letter */
|
|
|
989 return 28;
|
|
|
990 case 0xAA:
|
|
|
991 case 0xAB:
|
|
|
992 /* Hirigana/Katakana */
|
|
|
993 return 29;
|
|
|
994 case 0xAC:
|
|
|
995 /* Cyrillic Letter */
|
|
|
996 return 30;
|
|
|
997 }
|
|
|
998 }
|
|
|
999 default:
|
|
|
1000 break;
|
|
|
1001 }
|
|
|
1002 return 3;
|
|
|
1003 }
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
1005 /*
|
|
|
1006 * mb_char2len() function pointer.
|
|
|
1007 * Return length in bytes of character "c".
|
|
|
1008 * Returns 1 for a single-byte character.
|
|
|
1009 */
|
|
|
1010 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
1011 int
|
|
|
1012 latin_char2len(c)
|
|
|
1013 int c;
|
|
|
1014 {
|
|
|
1015 return 1;
|
|
|
1016 }
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 static int
|
|
|
1019 dbcs_char2len(c)
|
|
|
1020 int c;
|
|
|
1021 {
|
|
|
1022 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
1023 return 2;
|
|
|
1024 return 1;
|
|
|
1025 }
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 /*
|
|
|
1028 * mb_char2bytes() function pointer.
|
|
|
1029 * Convert a character to its bytes.
|
|
|
1030 * Returns the length in bytes.
|
|
|
1031 */
|
|
|
1032 int
|
|
|
1033 latin_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
1034 int c;
|
|
|
1035 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1036 {
|
|
|
1037 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1038 return 1;
|
|
|
1039 }
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 static int
|
|
|
1042 dbcs_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
1043 int c;
|
|
|
1044 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1045 {
|
|
|
1046 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
1047 {
|
|
|
1048 buf[0] = (unsigned)c >> 8;
|
|
|
1049 buf[1] = c;
|
|
221
|
1050 /* Never use a NUL byte, it causes lots of trouble. It's an invalid
|
|
|
1051 * character anyway. */
|
|
|
1052 if (buf[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1053 buf[1] = '\n';
|
|
7
|
1054 return 2;
|
|
|
1055 }
|
|
|
1056 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1057 return 1;
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 /*
|
|
474
|
1061 * mb_ptr2len() function pointer.
|
|
7
|
1062 * Get byte length of character at "*p" but stop at a NUL.
|
|
|
1063 * For UTF-8 this includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1064 * Returns 0 when *p is NUL.
|
|
|
1065 *
|
|
|
1066 */
|
|
|
1067 int
|
|
474
|
1068 latin_ptr2len(p)
|
|
7
|
1069 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1070 {
|
|
|
1071 return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1072 }
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 static int
|
|
474
|
1075 dbcs_ptr2len(p)
|
|
7
|
1076 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 int len;
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 /* Check if second byte is not missing. */
|
|
|
1081 len = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1082 if (len == 2 && p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1083 len = 1;
|
|
|
1084 return len;
|
|
|
1085 }
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 struct interval
|
|
|
1088 {
|
|
|
1089 unsigned short first;
|
|
|
1090 unsigned short last;
|
|
|
1091 };
|
|
|
1092 static int intable __ARGS((struct interval *table, size_t size, int c));
|
|
|
1093
|
|
|
1094 /*
|
|
|
1095 * Return TRUE if "c" is in "table[size / sizeof(struct interval)]".
|
|
|
1096 */
|
|
|
1097 static int
|
|
|
1098 intable(table, size, c)
|
|
|
1099 struct interval *table;
|
|
|
1100 size_t size;
|
|
|
1101 int c;
|
|
|
1102 {
|
|
|
1103 int mid, bot, top;
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 /* first quick check for Latin1 etc. characters */
|
|
|
1106 if (c < table[0].first)
|
|
|
1107 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 /* binary search in table */
|
|
|
1110 bot = 0;
|
|
|
1111 top = size / sizeof(struct interval) - 1;
|
|
|
1112 while (top >= bot)
|
|
|
1113 {
|
|
|
1114 mid = (bot + top) / 2;
|
|
|
1115 if (table[mid].last < c)
|
|
|
1116 bot = mid + 1;
|
|
|
1117 else if (table[mid].first > c)
|
|
|
1118 top = mid - 1;
|
|
|
1119 else
|
|
|
1120 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1121 }
|
|
|
1122 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1123 }
|
|
|
1124
|
|
|
1125 /*
|
|
|
1126 * For UTF-8 character "c" return 2 for a double-width character, 1 for others.
|
|
|
1127 * Returns 4 or 6 for an unprintable character.
|
|
|
1128 * Is only correct for characters >= 0x80.
|
|
|
1129 * When p_ambw is "double", return 2 for a character with East Asian Width
|
|
|
1130 * class 'A'(mbiguous).
|
|
|
1131 */
|
|
|
1132 int
|
|
|
1133 utf_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1134 int c;
|
|
|
1135 {
|
|
|
1136 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
|
|
|
1137 * characters, generated with:
|
|
|
1138 * "uniset +WIDTH-A -cat=Me -cat=Mn -cat=Cf c" */
|
|
|
1139 static struct interval ambiguous[] = {
|
|
|
1140 {0x00A1, 0x00A1}, {0x00A4, 0x00A4}, {0x00A7, 0x00A8},
|
|
|
1141 {0x00AA, 0x00AA}, {0x00AE, 0x00AE}, {0x00B0, 0x00B4},
|
|
|
1142 {0x00B6, 0x00BA}, {0x00BC, 0x00BF}, {0x00C6, 0x00C6},
|
|
|
1143 {0x00D0, 0x00D0}, {0x00D7, 0x00D8}, {0x00DE, 0x00E1},
|
|
|
1144 {0x00E6, 0x00E6}, {0x00E8, 0x00EA}, {0x00EC, 0x00ED},
|
|
|
1145 {0x00F0, 0x00F0}, {0x00F2, 0x00F3}, {0x00F7, 0x00FA},
|
|
|
1146 {0x00FC, 0x00FC}, {0x00FE, 0x00FE}, {0x0101, 0x0101},
|
|
|
1147 {0x0111, 0x0111}, {0x0113, 0x0113}, {0x011B, 0x011B},
|
|
|
1148 {0x0126, 0x0127}, {0x012B, 0x012B}, {0x0131, 0x0133},
|
|
|
1149 {0x0138, 0x0138}, {0x013F, 0x0142}, {0x0144, 0x0144},
|
|
|
1150 {0x0148, 0x014B}, {0x014D, 0x014D}, {0x0152, 0x0153},
|
|
|
1151 {0x0166, 0x0167}, {0x016B, 0x016B}, {0x01CE, 0x01CE},
|
|
|
1152 {0x01D0, 0x01D0}, {0x01D2, 0x01D2}, {0x01D4, 0x01D4},
|
|
|
1153 {0x01D6, 0x01D6}, {0x01D8, 0x01D8}, {0x01DA, 0x01DA},
|
|
|
1154 {0x01DC, 0x01DC}, {0x0251, 0x0251}, {0x0261, 0x0261},
|
|
|
1155 {0x02C4, 0x02C4}, {0x02C7, 0x02C7}, {0x02C9, 0x02CB},
|
|
|
1156 {0x02CD, 0x02CD}, {0x02D0, 0x02D0}, {0x02D8, 0x02DB},
|
|
|
1157 {0x02DD, 0x02DD}, {0x02DF, 0x02DF}, {0x0391, 0x03A1},
|
|
|
1158 {0x03A3, 0x03A9}, {0x03B1, 0x03C1}, {0x03C3, 0x03C9},
|
|
|
1159 {0x0401, 0x0401}, {0x0410, 0x044F}, {0x0451, 0x0451},
|
|
|
1160 {0x2010, 0x2010}, {0x2013, 0x2016}, {0x2018, 0x2019},
|
|
|
1161 {0x201C, 0x201D}, {0x2020, 0x2022}, {0x2024, 0x2027},
|
|
|
1162 {0x2030, 0x2030}, {0x2032, 0x2033}, {0x2035, 0x2035},
|
|
|
1163 {0x203B, 0x203B}, {0x203E, 0x203E}, {0x2074, 0x2074},
|
|
|
1164 {0x207F, 0x207F}, {0x2081, 0x2084}, {0x20AC, 0x20AC},
|
|
|
1165 {0x2103, 0x2103}, {0x2105, 0x2105}, {0x2109, 0x2109},
|
|
|
1166 {0x2113, 0x2113}, {0x2116, 0x2116}, {0x2121, 0x2122},
|
|
|
1167 {0x2126, 0x2126}, {0x212B, 0x212B}, {0x2153, 0x2154},
|
|
|
1168 {0x215B, 0x215E}, {0x2160, 0x216B}, {0x2170, 0x2179},
|
|
|
1169 {0x2190, 0x2199}, {0x21B8, 0x21B9}, {0x21D2, 0x21D2},
|
|
|
1170 {0x21D4, 0x21D4}, {0x21E7, 0x21E7}, {0x2200, 0x2200},
|
|
|
1171 {0x2202, 0x2203}, {0x2207, 0x2208}, {0x220B, 0x220B},
|
|
|
1172 {0x220F, 0x220F}, {0x2211, 0x2211}, {0x2215, 0x2215},
|
|
|
1173 {0x221A, 0x221A}, {0x221D, 0x2220}, {0x2223, 0x2223},
|
|
|
1174 {0x2225, 0x2225}, {0x2227, 0x222C}, {0x222E, 0x222E},
|
|
|
1175 {0x2234, 0x2237}, {0x223C, 0x223D}, {0x2248, 0x2248},
|
|
|
1176 {0x224C, 0x224C}, {0x2252, 0x2252}, {0x2260, 0x2261},
|
|
|
1177 {0x2264, 0x2267}, {0x226A, 0x226B}, {0x226E, 0x226F},
|
|
|
1178 {0x2282, 0x2283}, {0x2286, 0x2287}, {0x2295, 0x2295},
|
|
|
1179 {0x2299, 0x2299}, {0x22A5, 0x22A5}, {0x22BF, 0x22BF},
|
|
|
1180 {0x2312, 0x2312}, {0x2460, 0x24E9}, {0x24EB, 0x254B},
|
|
|
1181 {0x2550, 0x2573}, {0x2580, 0x258F}, {0x2592, 0x2595},
|
|
|
1182 {0x25A0, 0x25A1}, {0x25A3, 0x25A9}, {0x25B2, 0x25B3},
|
|
|
1183 {0x25B6, 0x25B7}, {0x25BC, 0x25BD}, {0x25C0, 0x25C1},
|
|
|
1184 {0x25C6, 0x25C8}, {0x25CB, 0x25CB}, {0x25CE, 0x25D1},
|
|
|
1185 {0x25E2, 0x25E5}, {0x25EF, 0x25EF}, {0x2605, 0x2606},
|
|
|
1186 {0x2609, 0x2609}, {0x260E, 0x260F}, {0x2614, 0x2615},
|
|
|
1187 {0x261C, 0x261C}, {0x261E, 0x261E}, {0x2640, 0x2640},
|
|
|
1188 {0x2642, 0x2642}, {0x2660, 0x2661}, {0x2663, 0x2665},
|
|
|
1189 {0x2667, 0x266A}, {0x266C, 0x266D}, {0x266F, 0x266F},
|
|
|
1190 {0x273D, 0x273D}, {0x2776, 0x277F}, {0xE000, 0xF8FF},
|
|
|
1191 {0xFFFD, 0xFFFD}, /* {0xF0000, 0xFFFFD}, {0x100000, 0x10FFFD} */
|
|
|
1192 };
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
|
1196 #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
1197 /*
|
|
|
1198 * Assume the library function wcwidth() works better than our own
|
|
|
1199 * stuff. It should return 1 for ambiguous width chars!
|
|
|
1200 */
|
|
|
1201 int n = wcwidth(c);
|
|
|
1202
|
|
|
1203 if (n < 0)
|
|
|
1204 return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
|
|
|
1205 if (n > 1)
|
|
|
1206 return n;
|
|
|
1207 #else
|
|
|
1208 if (!utf_printable(c))
|
|
|
1209 return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
|
|
|
1210 if (c >= 0x1100
|
|
|
1211 && (c <= 0x115f /* Hangul Jamo */
|
|
|
1212 || c == 0x2329
|
|
|
1213 || c == 0x232a
|
|
|
1214 || (c >= 0x2e80 && c <= 0xa4cf
|
|
|
1215 && c != 0x303f) /* CJK ... Yi */
|
|
|
1216 || (c >= 0xac00 && c <= 0xd7a3) /* Hangul Syllables */
|
|
|
1217 || (c >= 0xf900 && c <= 0xfaff) /* CJK Compatibility
|
|
|
1218 Ideographs */
|
|
|
1219 || (c >= 0xfe30 && c <= 0xfe6f) /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
|
|
|
1220 || (c >= 0xff00 && c <= 0xff60) /* Fullwidth Forms */
|
|
|
1221 || (c >= 0xffe0 && c <= 0xffe6)
|
|
|
1222 || (c >= 0x20000 && c <= 0x2fffd)
|
|
|
1223 || (c >= 0x30000 && c <= 0x3fffd)))
|
|
|
1224 return 2;
|
|
|
1225 #endif
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 /* Characters below 0x100 are influenced by 'isprint' option */
|
|
|
1229 else if (c >= 0x80 && !vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
1230 return 4; /* unprintable, displays <xx> */
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 if (c >= 0x80 && *p_ambw == 'd' && intable(ambiguous, sizeof(ambiguous), c))
|
|
|
1233 return 2;
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 return 1;
|
|
|
1236 }
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 /*
|
|
|
1239 * mb_ptr2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1240 * Return the number of display cells character at "*p" occupies.
|
|
|
1241 * This doesn't take care of unprintable characters, use ptr2cells() for that.
|
|
|
1242 */
|
|
|
1243 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1244 int
|
|
|
1245 latin_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1246 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1247 {
|
|
|
1248 return 1;
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 int
|
|
|
1252 utf_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1253 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 int c;
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 /* Need to convert to a wide character. */
|
|
|
1258 if (*p >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1259 {
|
|
|
1260 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1261 /* An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>. */
|
|
474
|
1262 if (utf_ptr2len(p) == 1 || c == NUL)
|
|
7
|
1263 return 4;
|
|
|
1264 /* If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence. */
|
|
|
1265 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
1266 return char2cells(c);
|
|
|
1267 return utf_char2cells(c);
|
|
|
1268 }
|
|
|
1269 return 1;
|
|
|
1270 }
|
|
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 int
|
|
|
1273 dbcs_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1274 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1275 {
|
|
|
1276 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1277 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1278 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1279 return 1;
|
|
|
1280 return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1281 }
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 /*
|
|
|
1284 * mb_char2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1285 * Return the number of display cells character "c" occupies.
|
|
|
1286 * Only takes care of multi-byte chars, not "^C" and such.
|
|
|
1287 */
|
|
|
1288 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1289 int
|
|
|
1290 latin_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1291 int c;
|
|
|
1292 {
|
|
|
1293 return 1;
|
|
|
1294 }
|
|
|
1295
|
|
|
1296 static int
|
|
|
1297 dbcs_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1298 int c;
|
|
|
1299 {
|
|
|
1300 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1301 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1302 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ((unsigned)c >> 8) == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1303 return 1;
|
|
|
1304 /* use the first byte */
|
|
|
1305 return MB_BYTE2LEN((unsigned)c >> 8);
|
|
|
1306 }
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 /*
|
|
|
1309 * mb_off2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1310 * Return number of display cells for char at ScreenLines[off].
|
|
|
1311 * Caller must make sure "off" and "off + 1" are valid!
|
|
|
1312 */
|
|
|
1313 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1314 int
|
|
|
1315 latin_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1316 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1317 {
|
|
|
1318 return 1;
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 int
|
|
|
1322 dbcs_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1323 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1324 {
|
|
|
1325 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1326 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1327 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1328 return 1;
|
|
|
1329 return MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off]);
|
|
|
1330 }
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 int
|
|
|
1333 utf_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1334 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 return ScreenLines[off + 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 /*
|
|
|
1340 * mb_ptr2char() function pointer.
|
|
|
1341 * Convert a byte sequence into a character.
|
|
|
1342 */
|
|
|
1343 int
|
|
|
1344 latin_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1345 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1346 {
|
|
|
1347 return *p;
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 static int
|
|
|
1351 dbcs_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1352 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) > 1 && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
1355 return (p[0] << 8) + p[1];
|
|
|
1356 return *p;
|
|
|
1357 }
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 /*
|
|
|
1360 * Convert a UTF-8 byte sequence to a wide character.
|
|
|
1361 * If the sequence is illegal or truncated by a NUL the first byte is
|
|
|
1362 * returned.
|
|
|
1363 * Does not include composing characters, of course.
|
|
|
1364 */
|
|
|
1365 int
|
|
|
1366 utf_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1367 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1368 {
|
|
|
1369 int len;
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 if (p[0] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1372 return p[0];
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 len = utf8len_tab[p[0]];
|
|
|
1375 if ((p[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1376 {
|
|
|
1377 if (len == 2)
|
|
|
1378 return ((p[0] & 0x1f) << 6) + (p[1] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1379 if ((p[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 if (len == 3)
|
|
|
1382 return ((p[0] & 0x0f) << 12) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 6)
|
|
|
1383 + (p[2] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1384 if ((p[3] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1385 {
|
|
|
1386 if (len == 4)
|
|
|
1387 return ((p[0] & 0x07) << 18) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 12)
|
|
|
1388 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[3] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1389 if ((p[4] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
|
1391 if (len == 5)
|
|
|
1392 return ((p[0] & 0x03) << 24) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 18)
|
|
|
1393 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 12) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 6)
|
|
|
1394 + (p[4] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1395 if ((p[5] & 0xc0) == 0x80 && len == 6)
|
|
|
1396 return ((p[0] & 0x01) << 30) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 24)
|
|
|
1397 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 18) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 12)
|
|
|
1398 + ((p[4] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[5] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 }
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 /* Illegal value, just return the first byte */
|
|
|
1404 return p[0];
|
|
|
1405 }
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 /*
|
|
|
1408 * Get character at **pp and advance *pp to the next character.
|
|
|
1409 * Note: composing characters are skipped!
|
|
|
1410 */
|
|
|
1411 int
|
|
|
1412 mb_ptr2char_adv(pp)
|
|
|
1413 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
1414 {
|
|
|
1415 int c;
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(*pp);
|
|
474
|
1418 *pp += (*mb_ptr2len)(*pp);
|
|
|
1419 return c;
|
|
|
1420 }
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 /*
|
|
|
1423 * Get character at **pp and advance *pp to the next character.
|
|
|
1424 * Note: composing characters are returned as separate characters.
|
|
|
1425 */
|
|
|
1426 int
|
|
|
1427 mb_cptr2char_adv(pp)
|
|
|
1428 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
1429 {
|
|
|
1430 int c;
|
|
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(*pp);
|
|
|
1433 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1434 *pp += utf_ptr2len(*pp);
|
|
|
1435 else
|
|
|
1436 *pp += (*mb_ptr2len)(*pp);
|
|
7
|
1437 return c;
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 #if defined(FEAT_ARABIC) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * Check whether we are dealing with Arabic combining characters.
|
|
|
1443 * Note: these are NOT really composing characters!
|
|
|
1444 */
|
|
|
1445 int
|
|
|
1446 arabic_combine(one, two)
|
|
|
1447 int one; /* first character */
|
|
|
1448 int two; /* character just after "one" */
|
|
|
1449 {
|
|
|
1450 if (one == a_LAM)
|
|
|
1451 return arabic_maycombine(two);
|
|
|
1452 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1453 }
|
|
|
1454
|
|
|
1455 /*
|
|
|
1456 * Check whether we are dealing with a character that could be regarded as an
|
|
|
1457 * Arabic combining character, need to check the character before this.
|
|
|
1458 */
|
|
|
1459 int
|
|
|
1460 arabic_maycombine(two)
|
|
|
1461 int two;
|
|
|
1462 {
|
|
|
1463 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi)
|
|
|
1464 return (two == a_ALEF_MADDA
|
|
|
1465 || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_ABOVE
|
|
|
1466 || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_BELOW
|
|
|
1467 || two == a_ALEF);
|
|
|
1468 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 /*
|
|
|
1472 * Check if the character pointed to by "p2" is a composing character when it
|
|
|
1473 * comes after "p1". For Arabic sometimes "ab" is replaced with "c", which
|
|
|
1474 * behaves like a composing character.
|
|
|
1475 */
|
|
|
1476 int
|
|
|
1477 utf_composinglike(p1, p2)
|
|
|
1478 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1479 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 int c2;
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 c2 = utf_ptr2char(p2);
|
|
|
1484 if (utf_iscomposing(c2))
|
|
|
1485 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1486 if (!arabic_maycombine(c2))
|
|
|
1487 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1488 return arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(p1), c2);
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490 #endif
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 /*
|
|
|
1493 * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two
|
|
|
1494 * composing characters.
|
|
|
1495 */
|
|
|
1496 int
|
|
|
1497 utfc_ptr2char(p, p1, p2)
|
|
|
1498 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1499 int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1500 int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1501 {
|
|
|
1502 int len;
|
|
|
1503 int c;
|
|
|
1504 int cc;
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
474
|
1507 len = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
7
|
1508 /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
|
|
|
1509 if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
|
|
|
1510 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1511 && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
|
|
|
1512 {
|
|
|
1513 *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len);
|
|
474
|
1514 len += utf_ptr2len(p + len);
|
|
7
|
1515 if (p[len] >= 0x80 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len)))
|
|
|
1516 *p2 = cc;
|
|
|
1517 else
|
|
|
1518 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1519 }
|
|
|
1520 else
|
|
|
1521 {
|
|
|
1522 *p1 = 0;
|
|
|
1523 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1524 }
|
|
|
1525 return c;
|
|
|
1526 }
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 /*
|
|
|
1529 * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two
|
|
|
1530 * composing characters. Use no more than p[maxlen].
|
|
|
1531 */
|
|
|
1532 int
|
|
|
1533 utfc_ptr2char_len(p, p1, p2, maxlen)
|
|
|
1534 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1535 int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1536 int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1537 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1538 {
|
|
|
1539 int len;
|
|
|
1540 int c;
|
|
|
1541 int cc;
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
474
|
1544 len = utf_ptr2len_len(p, maxlen);
|
|
7
|
1545 /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
|
|
|
1546 if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
|
|
|
1547 && len < maxlen
|
|
|
1548 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1549 && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len);
|
|
474
|
1552 len += utf_ptr2len_len(p + len, maxlen - len);
|
|
7
|
1553 if (len < maxlen
|
|
|
1554 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1555 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len)))
|
|
|
1556 *p2 = cc;
|
|
|
1557 else
|
|
|
1558 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560 else
|
|
|
1561 {
|
|
|
1562 *p1 = 0;
|
|
|
1563 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1564 }
|
|
|
1565 return c;
|
|
|
1566 }
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 /*
|
|
|
1569 * Convert the character at screen position "off" to a sequence of bytes.
|
|
|
1570 * Includes the composing characters.
|
|
|
1571 * "buf" must at least have the length MB_MAXBYTES.
|
|
|
1572 * Returns the produced number of bytes.
|
|
|
1573 */
|
|
|
1574 int
|
|
|
1575 utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)
|
|
|
1576 int off;
|
|
|
1577 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 int len;
|
|
|
1580
|
|
|
1581 len = utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesUC[off], buf);
|
|
|
1582 if (ScreenLinesC1[off] != 0)
|
|
|
1583 {
|
|
|
1584 len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC1[off], buf + len);
|
|
|
1585 if (ScreenLinesC2[off] != 0)
|
|
|
1586 len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC2[off], buf + len);
|
|
|
1587 }
|
|
|
1588 return len;
|
|
|
1589 }
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 /*
|
|
|
1592 * Get the length of a UTF-8 byte sequence, not including any following
|
|
|
1593 * composing characters.
|
|
|
1594 * Returns 0 for "".
|
|
|
1595 * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence.
|
|
|
1596 */
|
|
|
1597 int
|
|
474
|
1598 utf_ptr2len(p)
|
|
7
|
1599 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 int len;
|
|
|
1602 int i;
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1605 return 0;
|
|
|
1606 len = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
1607 for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1608 if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
1609 return 1;
|
|
|
1610 return len;
|
|
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612
|
|
|
1613 /*
|
|
|
1614 * Return length of UTF-8 character, obtained from the first byte.
|
|
|
1615 * "b" must be between 0 and 255!
|
|
|
1616 */
|
|
|
1617 int
|
|
|
1618 utf_byte2len(b)
|
|
|
1619 int b;
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 return utf8len_tab[b];
|
|
|
1622 }
|
|
|
1623
|
|
|
1624 /*
|
|
|
1625 * Get the length of UTF-8 byte sequence "p[size]". Does not include any
|
|
|
1626 * following composing characters.
|
|
|
1627 * Returns 1 for "".
|
|
|
1628 * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence.
|
|
|
1629 * Returns number > "size" for an incomplete byte sequence.
|
|
|
1630 */
|
|
|
1631 int
|
|
474
|
1632 utf_ptr2len_len(p, size)
|
|
7
|
1633 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1634 int size;
|
|
|
1635 {
|
|
|
1636 int len;
|
|
|
1637 int i;
|
|
|
1638
|
|
|
1639 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1640 return 1;
|
|
|
1641 len = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
1642 if (len > size)
|
|
|
1643 return len; /* incomplete byte sequence. */
|
|
|
1644 for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1645 if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
1646 return 1;
|
|
|
1647 return len;
|
|
|
1648 }
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 /*
|
|
|
1651 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p" takes.
|
|
|
1652 * This includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 int
|
|
474
|
1655 utfc_ptr2len(p)
|
|
7
|
1656 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 int len;
|
|
318
|
1659 int b0 = *p;
|
|
7
|
1660 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1661 int prevlen;
|
|
|
1662 #endif
|
|
|
1663
|
|
318
|
1664 if (b0 == NUL)
|
|
7
|
1665 return 0;
|
|
318
|
1666 if (b0 < 0x80 && p[1] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
7
|
1667 return 1;
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
|
|
474
|
1670 len = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
7
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 /* Check for illegal byte. */
|
|
318
|
1673 if (len == 1 && b0 >= 0x80)
|
|
7
|
1674 return 1;
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 /*
|
|
|
1677 * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but
|
|
|
1678 * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck).
|
|
|
1679 */
|
|
|
1680 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1681 prevlen = 0;
|
|
|
1682 #endif
|
|
|
1683 for (;;)
|
|
|
1684 {
|
|
|
1685 if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
|
|
|
1686 return len;
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 /* Skip over composing char */
|
|
|
1689 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1690 prevlen = len;
|
|
|
1691 #endif
|
|
474
|
1692 len += utf_ptr2len(p + len);
|
|
7
|
1693 }
|
|
|
1694 }
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 /*
|
|
|
1697 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p[size]"
|
|
|
1698 * takes. This includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1699 * Returns 1 for an illegal char or an incomplete byte sequence.
|
|
|
1700 */
|
|
|
1701 int
|
|
474
|
1702 utfc_ptr2len_len(p, size)
|
|
7
|
1703 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1704 int size;
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 int len;
|
|
|
1707 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1708 int prevlen;
|
|
|
1709 #endif
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1712 return 0;
|
|
|
1713 if (p[0] < 0x80 && (size == 1 || p[1] < 0x80)) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1714 return 1;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
|
|
474
|
1717 len = utf_ptr2len_len(p, size);
|
|
7
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 /* Check for illegal byte and incomplete byte sequence. */
|
|
|
1720 if ((len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80) || len > size)
|
|
|
1721 return 1;
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /*
|
|
|
1724 * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but
|
|
|
1725 * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck).
|
|
|
1726 */
|
|
|
1727 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1728 prevlen = 0;
|
|
|
1729 #endif
|
|
|
1730 while (len < size)
|
|
|
1731 {
|
|
|
1732 if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
|
|
|
1733 break;
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 /* Skip over composing char */
|
|
|
1736 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1737 prevlen = len;
|
|
|
1738 #endif
|
|
474
|
1739 len += utf_ptr2len_len(p + len, size - len);
|
|
7
|
1740 }
|
|
|
1741 return len;
|
|
|
1742 }
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 /*
|
|
|
1745 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of character "c" takes.
|
|
|
1746 * This does not include composing characters.
|
|
|
1747 */
|
|
|
1748 int
|
|
|
1749 utf_char2len(c)
|
|
|
1750 int c;
|
|
|
1751 {
|
|
|
1752 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
1753 return 1;
|
|
|
1754 if (c < 0x800)
|
|
|
1755 return 2;
|
|
|
1756 if (c < 0x10000)
|
|
|
1757 return 3;
|
|
|
1758 if (c < 0x200000)
|
|
|
1759 return 4;
|
|
|
1760 if (c < 0x4000000)
|
|
|
1761 return 5;
|
|
|
1762 return 6;
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 /*
|
|
|
1766 * Convert Unicode character "c" to UTF-8 string in "buf[]".
|
|
|
1767 * Returns the number of bytes.
|
|
|
1768 * This does not include composing characters.
|
|
|
1769 */
|
|
|
1770 int
|
|
|
1771 utf_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
1772 int c;
|
|
|
1773 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1774 {
|
|
|
1775 if (c < 0x80) /* 7 bits */
|
|
|
1776 {
|
|
|
1777 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1778 return 1;
|
|
|
1779 }
|
|
|
1780 if (c < 0x800) /* 11 bits */
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 buf[0] = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
|
|
|
1783 buf[1] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1784 return 2;
|
|
|
1785 }
|
|
|
1786 if (c < 0x10000) /* 16 bits */
|
|
|
1787 {
|
|
|
1788 buf[0] = 0xe0 + ((unsigned)c >> 12);
|
|
|
1789 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1790 buf[2] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1791 return 3;
|
|
|
1792 }
|
|
|
1793 if (c < 0x200000) /* 21 bits */
|
|
|
1794 {
|
|
|
1795 buf[0] = 0xf0 + ((unsigned)c >> 18);
|
|
|
1796 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1797 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1798 buf[3] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1799 return 4;
|
|
|
1800 }
|
|
|
1801 if (c < 0x4000000) /* 26 bits */
|
|
|
1802 {
|
|
|
1803 buf[0] = 0xf8 + ((unsigned)c >> 24);
|
|
|
1804 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1805 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1806 buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1807 buf[4] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1808 return 5;
|
|
|
1809 }
|
|
|
1810 /* 31 bits */
|
|
|
1811 buf[0] = 0xfc + ((unsigned)c >> 30);
|
|
|
1812 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 24) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1813 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1814 buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1815 buf[4] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1816 buf[5] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1817 return 6;
|
|
|
1818 }
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 /*
|
|
|
1821 * Return TRUE if "c" is a composing UTF-8 character. This means it will be
|
|
|
1822 * drawn on top of the preceding character.
|
|
|
1823 * Based on code from Markus Kuhn.
|
|
|
1824 */
|
|
|
1825 int
|
|
|
1826 utf_iscomposing(c)
|
|
|
1827 int c;
|
|
|
1828 {
|
|
|
1829 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
|
|
|
1830 static struct interval combining[] =
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 {0x0300, 0x034f}, {0x0360, 0x036f}, {0x0483, 0x0486}, {0x0488, 0x0489},
|
|
|
1833 {0x0591, 0x05a1}, {0x05a3, 0x05b9}, {0x05bb, 0x05bd}, {0x05bf, 0x05bf},
|
|
|
1834 {0x05c1, 0x05c2}, {0x05c4, 0x05c4}, {0x0610, 0x0615}, {0x064b, 0x0658},
|
|
|
1835 {0x0670, 0x0670}, {0x06d6, 0x06dc}, {0x06de, 0x06e4}, {0x06e7, 0x06e8},
|
|
|
1836 {0x06ea, 0x06ed}, {0x0711, 0x0711}, {0x0730, 0x074a}, {0x07a6, 0x07b0},
|
|
|
1837 {0x0901, 0x0903}, {0x093c, 0x093c}, {0x093e, 0x094d}, {0x0951, 0x0954},
|
|
|
1838 {0x0962, 0x0963}, {0x0981, 0x0983}, {0x09bc, 0x09bc}, {0x09be, 0x09c4},
|
|
|
1839 {0x09c7, 0x09c8}, {0x09cb, 0x09cd}, {0x09d7, 0x09d7}, {0x09e2, 0x09e3},
|
|
|
1840 {0x0a01, 0x0a03}, {0x0a3c, 0x0a3c}, {0x0a3e, 0x0a42}, {0x0a47, 0x0a48},
|
|
|
1841 {0x0a4b, 0x0a4d}, {0x0a70, 0x0a71}, {0x0a81, 0x0a83}, {0x0abc, 0x0abc},
|
|
|
1842 {0x0abe, 0x0ac5}, {0x0ac7, 0x0ac9}, {0x0acb, 0x0acd}, {0x0ae2, 0x0ae3},
|
|
|
1843 {0x0b01, 0x0b03}, {0x0b3c, 0x0b3c}, {0x0b3e, 0x0b43}, {0x0b47, 0x0b48},
|
|
|
1844 {0x0b4b, 0x0b4d}, {0x0b56, 0x0b57}, {0x0b82, 0x0b82}, {0x0bbe, 0x0bc2},
|
|
|
1845 {0x0bc6, 0x0bc8}, {0x0bca, 0x0bcd}, {0x0bd7, 0x0bd7}, {0x0c01, 0x0c03},
|
|
|
1846 {0x0c3e, 0x0c44}, {0x0c46, 0x0c48}, {0x0c4a, 0x0c4d}, {0x0c55, 0x0c56},
|
|
|
1847 {0x0c82, 0x0c83}, {0x0cbc, 0x0cbc}, {0x0cbe, 0x0cc4}, {0x0cc6, 0x0cc8},
|
|
|
1848 {0x0cca, 0x0ccd}, {0x0cd5, 0x0cd6}, {0x0d02, 0x0d03}, {0x0d3e, 0x0d43},
|
|
|
1849 {0x0d46, 0x0d48}, {0x0d4a, 0x0d4d}, {0x0d57, 0x0d57}, {0x0d82, 0x0d83},
|
|
|
1850 {0x0dca, 0x0dca}, {0x0dcf, 0x0dd4}, {0x0dd6, 0x0dd6}, {0x0dd8, 0x0ddf},
|
|
|
1851 {0x0df2, 0x0df3}, {0x0e31, 0x0e31}, {0x0e34, 0x0e3a}, {0x0e47, 0x0e4e},
|
|
|
1852 {0x0eb1, 0x0eb1}, {0x0eb4, 0x0eb9}, {0x0ebb, 0x0ebc}, {0x0ec8, 0x0ecd},
|
|
|
1853 {0x0f18, 0x0f19}, {0x0f35, 0x0f35}, {0x0f37, 0x0f37}, {0x0f39, 0x0f39},
|
|
|
1854 {0x0f3e, 0x0f3f}, {0x0f71, 0x0f84}, {0x0f86, 0x0f87}, {0x0f90, 0x0f97},
|
|
|
1855 {0x0f99, 0x0fbc}, {0x0fc6, 0x0fc6}, {0x102c, 0x1032}, {0x1036, 0x1039},
|
|
|
1856 {0x1056, 0x1059}, {0x1712, 0x1714}, {0x1732, 0x1734}, {0x1752, 0x1753},
|
|
|
1857 {0x1772, 0x1773}, {0x17b6, 0x17d3}, {0x17dd, 0x17dd}, {0x180b, 0x180d},
|
|
|
1858 {0x18a9, 0x18a9}, {0x1920, 0x192b}, {0x1930, 0x193b}, {0x20d0, 0x20ea},
|
|
|
1859 {0x302a, 0x302f}, {0x3099, 0x309a}, {0xfb1e, 0xfb1e}, {0xfe00, 0xfe0f},
|
|
|
1860 {0xfe20, 0xfe23},
|
|
|
1861 };
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 return intable(combining, sizeof(combining), c);
|
|
|
1864 }
|
|
|
1865
|
|
|
1866 /*
|
|
|
1867 * Return TRUE for characters that can be displayed in a normal way.
|
|
|
1868 * Only for characters of 0x100 and above!
|
|
|
1869 */
|
|
|
1870 int
|
|
|
1871 utf_printable(c)
|
|
|
1872 int c;
|
|
|
1873 {
|
|
|
1874 #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
1875 /*
|
|
|
1876 * Assume the iswprint() library function works better than our own stuff.
|
|
|
1877 */
|
|
|
1878 return iswprint(c);
|
|
|
1879 #else
|
|
|
1880 /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
|
|
|
1881 * 0xd800-0xdfff is reserved for UTF-16, actually illegal. */
|
|
|
1882 static struct interval nonprint[] =
|
|
|
1883 {
|
|
|
1884 {0x070f, 0x070f}, {0x180b, 0x180e}, {0x200b, 0x200f}, {0x202a, 0x202e},
|
|
|
1885 {0x206a, 0x206f}, {0xd800, 0xdfff}, {0xfeff, 0xfeff}, {0xfff9, 0xfffb},
|
|
|
1886 {0xfffe, 0xffff}
|
|
|
1887 };
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 return !intable(nonprint, sizeof(nonprint), c);
|
|
|
1890 #endif
|
|
|
1891 }
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 /*
|
|
|
1894 * Get class of a Unicode character.
|
|
|
1895 * 0: white space
|
|
|
1896 * 1: punctuation
|
|
|
1897 * 2 or bigger: some class of word character.
|
|
|
1898 */
|
|
|
1899 int
|
|
|
1900 utf_class(c)
|
|
|
1901 int c;
|
|
|
1902 {
|
|
|
1903 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
|
|
|
1904 static struct clinterval
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
|
1906 unsigned short first;
|
|
|
1907 unsigned short last;
|
|
|
1908 unsigned short class;
|
|
|
1909 } classes[] =
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 {0x037e, 0x037e, 1}, /* Greek question mark */
|
|
|
1912 {0x0387, 0x0387, 1}, /* Greek ano teleia */
|
|
|
1913 {0x055a, 0x055f, 1}, /* Armenian punctuation */
|
|
|
1914 {0x0589, 0x0589, 1}, /* Armenian full stop */
|
|
|
1915 {0x05be, 0x05be, 1},
|
|
|
1916 {0x05c0, 0x05c0, 1},
|
|
|
1917 {0x05c3, 0x05c3, 1},
|
|
|
1918 {0x05f3, 0x05f4, 1},
|
|
|
1919 {0x060c, 0x060c, 1},
|
|
|
1920 {0x061b, 0x061b, 1},
|
|
|
1921 {0x061f, 0x061f, 1},
|
|
|
1922 {0x066a, 0x066d, 1},
|
|
|
1923 {0x06d4, 0x06d4, 1},
|
|
|
1924 {0x0700, 0x070d, 1}, /* Syriac punctuation */
|
|
|
1925 {0x0964, 0x0965, 1},
|
|
|
1926 {0x0970, 0x0970, 1},
|
|
|
1927 {0x0df4, 0x0df4, 1},
|
|
|
1928 {0x0e4f, 0x0e4f, 1},
|
|
|
1929 {0x0e5a, 0x0e5b, 1},
|
|
|
1930 {0x0f04, 0x0f12, 1},
|
|
|
1931 {0x0f3a, 0x0f3d, 1},
|
|
|
1932 {0x0f85, 0x0f85, 1},
|
|
|
1933 {0x104a, 0x104f, 1}, /* Myanmar punctuation */
|
|
|
1934 {0x10fb, 0x10fb, 1}, /* Georgian punctuation */
|
|
|
1935 {0x1361, 0x1368, 1}, /* Ethiopic punctuation */
|
|
|
1936 {0x166d, 0x166e, 1}, /* Canadian Syl. punctuation */
|
|
|
1937 {0x1680, 0x1680, 0},
|
|
|
1938 {0x169b, 0x169c, 1},
|
|
|
1939 {0x16eb, 0x16ed, 1},
|
|
|
1940 {0x1735, 0x1736, 1},
|
|
|
1941 {0x17d4, 0x17dc, 1}, /* Khmer punctuation */
|
|
|
1942 {0x1800, 0x180a, 1}, /* Mongolian punctuation */
|
|
|
1943 {0x2000, 0x200b, 0}, /* spaces */
|
|
|
1944 {0x200c, 0x2027, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1945 {0x2028, 0x2029, 0},
|
|
|
1946 {0x202a, 0x202e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1947 {0x202f, 0x202f, 0},
|
|
|
1948 {0x2030, 0x205e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1949 {0x205f, 0x205f, 0},
|
|
|
1950 {0x2060, 0x27ff, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1951 {0x2070, 0x207f, 0x2070}, /* superscript */
|
|
|
1952 {0x2080, 0x208f, 0x2080}, /* subscript */
|
|
|
1953 {0x2983, 0x2998, 1},
|
|
|
1954 {0x29d8, 0x29db, 1},
|
|
|
1955 {0x29fc, 0x29fd, 1},
|
|
|
1956 {0x3000, 0x3000, 0}, /* ideographic space */
|
|
|
1957 {0x3001, 0x3020, 1}, /* ideographic punctuation */
|
|
|
1958 {0x3030, 0x3030, 1},
|
|
|
1959 {0x303d, 0x303d, 1},
|
|
|
1960 {0x3040, 0x309f, 0x3040}, /* Hiragana */
|
|
|
1961 {0x30a0, 0x30ff, 0x30a0}, /* Katakana */
|
|
|
1962 {0x3300, 0x9fff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */
|
|
|
1963 {0xac00, 0xd7a3, 0xac00}, /* Hangul Syllables */
|
|
|
1964 {0xf900, 0xfaff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */
|
|
|
1965 {0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 1},
|
|
|
1966 {0xfe30, 0xfe6b, 1}, /* punctuation forms */
|
|
|
1967 {0xff00, 0xff0f, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1968 {0xff1a, 0xff20, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1969 {0xff3b, 0xff40, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1970 {0xff5b, 0xff65, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1971 };
|
|
|
1972 int bot = 0;
|
|
|
1973 int top = sizeof(classes) / sizeof(struct clinterval) - 1;
|
|
|
1974 int mid;
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 /* First quick check for Latin1 characters, use 'iskeyword'. */
|
|
|
1977 if (c < 0x100)
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
335
|
1979 if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == NUL || c == 0xa0)
|
|
7
|
1980 return 0; /* blank */
|
|
|
1981 if (vim_iswordc(c))
|
|
|
1982 return 2; /* word character */
|
|
|
1983 return 1; /* punctuation */
|
|
|
1984 }
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 /* binary search in table */
|
|
|
1987 while (top >= bot)
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
|
1989 mid = (bot + top) / 2;
|
|
|
1990 if (classes[mid].last < c)
|
|
|
1991 bot = mid + 1;
|
|
|
1992 else if (classes[mid].first > c)
|
|
|
1993 top = mid - 1;
|
|
|
1994 else
|
|
|
1995 return (int)classes[mid].class;
|
|
|
1996 }
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 /* most other characters are "word" characters */
|
|
|
1999 return 2;
|
|
|
2000 }
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /*
|
|
|
2003 * Code for Unicode case-dependent operations. Based on notes in
|
|
|
2004 * http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/CaseFolding.txt
|
|
|
2005 * This code uses simple case folding, not full case folding.
|
|
|
2006 */
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 /*
|
|
|
2009 * The following table is built by foldExtract.pl < CaseFolding.txt .
|
|
|
2010 * It must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on it.
|
|
|
2011 * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range
|
|
|
2012 * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are folded by adding 32.
|
|
|
2013 */
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 typedef struct
|
|
|
2016 {
|
|
|
2017 int rangeStart;
|
|
|
2018 int rangeEnd;
|
|
|
2019 int step;
|
|
|
2020 int offset;
|
|
|
2021 } convertStruct;
|
|
|
2022
|
|
297
|
2023 static convertStruct foldCase[] =
|
|
7
|
2024 {
|
|
|
2025 {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32},
|
|
|
2026 {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1},
|
|
|
2027 {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121},
|
|
|
2028 {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1},
|
|
|
2029 {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205},
|
|
|
2030 {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202},
|
|
|
2031 {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205},
|
|
|
2032 {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209},
|
|
|
2033 {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213},
|
|
|
2034 {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218},
|
|
|
2035 {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1},
|
|
|
2036 {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217},
|
|
|
2037 {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1},
|
|
|
2038 {0x1c4,0x1c4,-1,2}, {0x1c5,0x1c5,-1,1}, {0x1c7,0x1c7,-1,2},
|
|
|
2039 {0x1c8,0x1c8,-1,1}, {0x1ca,0x1ca,-1,2}, {0x1cb,0x1db,2,1},
|
|
|
2040 {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1}, {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f2,0x1f4,2,1},
|
|
|
2041 {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97}, {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1},
|
|
|
2042 {0x220,0x220,-1,-130}, {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38},
|
|
|
2043 {0x388,0x38a,1,37}, {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63},
|
|
|
2044 {0x391,0x3a1,1,32}, {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1},
|
|
|
2045 {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60}, {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7},
|
|
|
2046 {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1}, {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32},
|
|
|
2047 {0x460,0x480,2,1}, {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1},
|
|
|
2048 {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1}, {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1},
|
|
|
2049 {0x531,0x556,1,48}, {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1},
|
|
|
2050 {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8}, {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2051 {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8}, {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8},
|
|
|
2052 {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8}, {0x1f88,0x1f8f,1,-8}, {0x1f98,0x1f9f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2053 {0x1fa8,0x1faf,1,-8}, {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74},
|
|
|
2054 {0x1fbc,0x1fbc,-1,-9}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86}, {0x1fcc,0x1fcc,-1,-9},
|
|
|
2055 {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8},
|
|
|
2056 {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128},
|
|
|
2057 {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x1ffc,0x1ffc,-1,-9}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517},
|
|
|
2058 {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383}, {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262},
|
|
|
2059 {0x2160,0x216f,1,16}, {0x24b6,0x24cf,1,26}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32},
|
|
|
2060 {0x10400,0x10427,1,40}
|
|
|
2061 };
|
|
|
2062
|
|
|
2063 static int utf_convert(int a, convertStruct table[], int tableSize);
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 /*
|
|
|
2066 * Generic conversion function for case operations.
|
|
|
2067 * Return the converted equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2068 * the given conversion "table". Uses binary search on "table".
|
|
|
2069 */
|
|
|
2070 static int
|
|
|
2071 utf_convert(a, table, tableSize)
|
|
|
2072 int a;
|
|
|
2073 convertStruct table[];
|
|
|
2074 int tableSize;
|
|
|
2075 {
|
|
|
2076 int start, mid, end; /* indices into table */
|
|
|
2077
|
|
|
2078 start = 0;
|
|
|
2079 end = tableSize / sizeof(convertStruct);
|
|
|
2080 while (start < end)
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
|
2082 /* need to search further */
|
|
|
2083 mid = (end + start) /2;
|
|
|
2084 if (table[mid].rangeEnd < a)
|
|
|
2085 start = mid + 1;
|
|
|
2086 else
|
|
|
2087 end = mid;
|
|
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089 if (table[start].rangeStart <= a && a <= table[start].rangeEnd
|
|
|
2090 && (a - table[start].rangeStart) % table[start].step == 0)
|
|
|
2091 return (a + table[start].offset);
|
|
|
2092 else
|
|
|
2093 return a;
|
|
|
2094 }
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 /*
|
|
|
2097 * Return the folded-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Uses
|
|
|
2098 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2099 */
|
|
|
2100 int
|
|
|
2101 utf_fold(a)
|
|
|
2102 int a;
|
|
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 return utf_convert(a, foldCase, sizeof(foldCase));
|
|
|
2105 }
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 /*
|
|
|
2108 * The following tables are built by upperLowerExtract.pl < UnicodeData.txt .
|
|
|
2109 * They must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on them.
|
|
|
2110 * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range
|
|
|
2111 * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are switched to lower (for
|
|
|
2112 * example) by adding 32.
|
|
|
2113 */
|
|
297
|
2114 static convertStruct toLower[] =
|
|
7
|
2115 {
|
|
|
2116 {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32},
|
|
|
2117 {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1},
|
|
|
2118 {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121},
|
|
|
2119 {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1},
|
|
|
2120 {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205},
|
|
|
2121 {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202},
|
|
|
2122 {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205},
|
|
|
2123 {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209},
|
|
|
2124 {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213},
|
|
|
2125 {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218},
|
|
|
2126 {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1},
|
|
|
2127 {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217},
|
|
|
2128 {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1},
|
|
|
2129 {0x1c4,0x1ca,3,2}, {0x1cd,0x1db,2,1}, {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1},
|
|
|
2130 {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f4,0x1f4,-1,1}, {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97},
|
|
|
2131 {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1}, {0x220,0x220,-1,-130},
|
|
|
2132 {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38}, {0x388,0x38a,1,37},
|
|
|
2133 {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63}, {0x391,0x3a1,1,32},
|
|
|
2134 {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1}, {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60},
|
|
|
2135 {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7}, {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1},
|
|
|
2136 {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32}, {0x460,0x480,2,1},
|
|
|
2137 {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1}, {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1},
|
|
|
2138 {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1}, {0x531,0x556,1,48},
|
|
|
2139 {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1}, {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2140 {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8}, {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2141 {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8}, {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2142 {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86},
|
|
|
2143 {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8},
|
|
|
2144 {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128},
|
|
|
2145 {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517}, {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383},
|
|
|
2146 {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32}, {0x10400,0x10427,1,40}
|
|
|
2147 };
|
|
|
2148
|
|
297
|
2149 static convertStruct toUpper[] =
|
|
7
|
2150 {
|
|
|
2151 {0x61,0x7a,1,-32}, {0xb5,0xb5,-1,743}, {0xe0,0xf6,1,-32},
|
|
|
2152 {0xf8,0xfe,1,-32}, {0xff,0xff,-1,121}, {0x101,0x12f,2,-1},
|
|
|
2153 {0x131,0x131,-1,-232}, {0x133,0x137,2,-1}, {0x13a,0x148,2,-1},
|
|
|
2154 {0x14b,0x177,2,-1}, {0x17a,0x17e,2,-1}, {0x17f,0x17f,-1,-300},
|
|
|
2155 {0x183,0x185,2,-1}, {0x188,0x18c,4,-1}, {0x192,0x192,-1,-1},
|
|
|
2156 {0x195,0x195,-1,97}, {0x199,0x199,-1,-1}, {0x19e,0x19e,-1,130},
|
|
|
2157 {0x1a1,0x1a5,2,-1}, {0x1a8,0x1ad,5,-1}, {0x1b0,0x1b4,4,-1},
|
|
|
2158 {0x1b6,0x1b9,3,-1}, {0x1bd,0x1bd,-1,-1}, {0x1bf,0x1bf,-1,56},
|
|
|
2159 {0x1c5,0x1c6,1,-1}, {0x1c8,0x1c9,1,-1}, {0x1cb,0x1cc,1,-1},
|
|
|
2160 {0x1ce,0x1dc,2,-1}, {0x1dd,0x1dd,-1,-79}, {0x1df,0x1ef,2,-1},
|
|
|
2161 {0x1f2,0x1f3,1,-1}, {0x1f5,0x1f9,4,-1}, {0x1fb,0x21f,2,-1},
|
|
|
2162 {0x223,0x233,2,-1}, {0x253,0x253,-1,-210}, {0x254,0x254,-1,-206},
|
|
|
2163 {0x256,0x257,1,-205}, {0x259,0x259,-1,-202}, {0x25b,0x25b,-1,-203},
|
|
|
2164 {0x260,0x260,-1,-205}, {0x263,0x263,-1,-207}, {0x268,0x268,-1,-209},
|
|
|
2165 {0x269,0x26f,6,-211}, {0x272,0x272,-1,-213}, {0x275,0x275,-1,-214},
|
|
|
2166 {0x280,0x283,3,-218}, {0x288,0x288,-1,-218}, {0x28a,0x28b,1,-217},
|
|
|
2167 {0x292,0x292,-1,-219}, {0x3ac,0x3ac,-1,-38}, {0x3ad,0x3af,1,-37},
|
|
|
2168 {0x3b1,0x3c1,1,-32}, {0x3c2,0x3c2,-1,-31}, {0x3c3,0x3cb,1,-32},
|
|
|
2169 {0x3cc,0x3cc,-1,-64}, {0x3cd,0x3ce,1,-63}, {0x3d0,0x3d0,-1,-62},
|
|
|
2170 {0x3d1,0x3d1,-1,-57}, {0x3d5,0x3d5,-1,-47}, {0x3d6,0x3d6,-1,-54},
|
|
|
2171 {0x3d9,0x3ef,2,-1}, {0x3f0,0x3f0,-1,-86}, {0x3f1,0x3f1,-1,-80},
|
|
|
2172 {0x3f2,0x3f2,-1,7}, {0x3f5,0x3f5,-1,-96}, {0x3f8,0x3fb,3,-1},
|
|
|
2173 {0x430,0x44f,1,-32}, {0x450,0x45f,1,-80}, {0x461,0x481,2,-1},
|
|
|
2174 {0x48b,0x4bf,2,-1}, {0x4c2,0x4ce,2,-1}, {0x4d1,0x4f5,2,-1},
|
|
|
2175 {0x4f9,0x501,8,-1}, {0x503,0x50f,2,-1}, {0x561,0x586,1,-48},
|
|
|
2176 {0x1e01,0x1e95,2,-1}, {0x1e9b,0x1e9b,-1,-59}, {0x1ea1,0x1ef9,2,-1},
|
|
|
2177 {0x1f00,0x1f07,1,8}, {0x1f10,0x1f15,1,8}, {0x1f20,0x1f27,1,8},
|
|
|
2178 {0x1f30,0x1f37,1,8}, {0x1f40,0x1f45,1,8}, {0x1f51,0x1f57,2,8},
|
|
|
2179 {0x1f60,0x1f67,1,8}, {0x1f70,0x1f71,1,74}, {0x1f72,0x1f75,1,86},
|
|
|
2180 {0x1f76,0x1f77,1,100}, {0x1f78,0x1f79,1,128}, {0x1f7a,0x1f7b,1,112},
|
|
|
2181 {0x1f7c,0x1f7d,1,126}, {0x1f80,0x1f87,1,8}, {0x1f90,0x1f97,1,8},
|
|
|
2182 {0x1fa0,0x1fa7,1,8}, {0x1fb0,0x1fb1,1,8}, {0x1fb3,0x1fb3,-1,9},
|
|
|
2183 {0x1fbe,0x1fbe,-1,-7205}, {0x1fc3,0x1fc3,-1,9}, {0x1fd0,0x1fd1,1,8},
|
|
|
2184 {0x1fe0,0x1fe1,1,8}, {0x1fe5,0x1fe5,-1,7}, {0x1ff3,0x1ff3,-1,9},
|
|
|
2185 {0xff41,0xff5a,1,-32}, {0x10428,0x1044f,1,-40}
|
|
|
2186 };
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * Return the upper-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2190 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2191 */
|
|
|
2192 int
|
|
|
2193 utf_toupper(a)
|
|
|
2194 int a;
|
|
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style toupper(). */
|
|
|
2197 if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
|
|
|
2198 return TOUPPER_ASC(a);
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 #if defined(HAVE_TOWUPPER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__)
|
|
|
2201 /* If towupper() is availble and handles Unicode, use it. */
|
|
|
2202 if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
|
|
|
2203 return towupper(a);
|
|
|
2204 #endif
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive toupper(). */
|
|
|
2207 if (a < 128)
|
|
|
2208 return TOUPPER_LOC(a);
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
|
|
|
2211 return utf_convert(a, toUpper, sizeof(toUpper));
|
|
|
2212 }
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 int
|
|
|
2215 utf_islower(a)
|
|
|
2216 int a;
|
|
|
2217 {
|
|
|
2218 return (utf_toupper(a) != a);
|
|
|
2219 }
|
|
|
2220
|
|
|
2221 /*
|
|
|
2222 * Return the lower-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2223 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2224 */
|
|
|
2225 int
|
|
|
2226 utf_tolower(a)
|
|
|
2227 int a;
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style tolower(). */
|
|
|
2230 if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
|
|
|
2231 return TOLOWER_ASC(a);
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 #if defined(HAVE_TOWLOWER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__)
|
|
257
|
2234 /* If towlower() is available and handles Unicode, use it. */
|
|
7
|
2235 if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
|
|
|
2236 return towlower(a);
|
|
|
2237 #endif
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive tolower(). */
|
|
|
2240 if (a < 128)
|
|
|
2241 return TOLOWER_LOC(a);
|
|
|
2242
|
|
|
2243 /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
|
|
|
2244 return utf_convert(a, toLower, sizeof(toLower));
|
|
|
2245 }
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 int
|
|
|
2248 utf_isupper(a)
|
|
|
2249 int a;
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
|
2251 return (utf_tolower(a) != a);
|
|
|
2252 }
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 /*
|
|
|
2255 * Version of strnicmp() that handles multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2256 * Needed for Big5, Sjift-JIS and UTF-8 encoding. Other DBCS encodings can
|
|
|
2257 * probably use strnicmp(), because there are no ASCII characters in the
|
|
|
2258 * second byte.
|
|
|
2259 * Returns zero if s1 and s2 are equal (ignoring case), the difference between
|
|
|
2260 * two characters otherwise.
|
|
|
2261 */
|
|
|
2262 int
|
|
303
|
2263 mb_strnicmp(s1, s2, nn)
|
|
7
|
2264 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
303
|
2265 size_t nn;
|
|
7
|
2266 {
|
|
|
2267 int i, j, l;
|
|
|
2268 int cdiff;
|
|
308
|
2269 int incomplete = FALSE;
|
|
303
|
2270 int n = nn;
|
|
7
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 for (i = 0; i < n; i += l)
|
|
|
2273 {
|
|
|
2274 if (s1[i] == NUL && s2[i] == NUL) /* both strings end */
|
|
|
2275 return 0;
|
|
|
2276 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2277 {
|
|
|
2278 l = utf_byte2len(s1[i]);
|
|
|
2279 if (l > n - i)
|
|
308
|
2280 {
|
|
7
|
2281 l = n - i; /* incomplete character */
|
|
308
|
2282 incomplete = TRUE;
|
|
|
2283 }
|
|
7
|
2284 /* Check directly first, it's faster. */
|
|
|
2285 for (j = 0; j < l; ++j)
|
|
|
2286 if (s1[i + j] != s2[i + j])
|
|
|
2287 break;
|
|
|
2288 if (j < l)
|
|
|
2289 {
|
|
|
2290 /* If one of the two characters is incomplete return -1. */
|
|
308
|
2291 if (incomplete || i + utf_byte2len(s2[i]) > n)
|
|
7
|
2292 return -1;
|
|
|
2293 cdiff = utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s1 + i))
|
|
|
2294 - utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s2 + i));
|
|
|
2295 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2296 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2297 }
|
|
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299 else
|
|
|
2300 {
|
|
474
|
2301 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s1 + i);
|
|
7
|
2302 if (l <= 1)
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 /* Single byte: first check normally, then with ignore case. */
|
|
|
2305 if (s1[i] != s2[i])
|
|
|
2306 {
|
|
|
2307 cdiff = TOLOWER_LOC(s1[i]) - TOLOWER_LOC(s2[i]);
|
|
|
2308 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2309 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2310 }
|
|
|
2311 }
|
|
|
2312 else
|
|
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 /* For non-Unicode multi-byte don't ignore case. */
|
|
|
2315 if (l > n - i)
|
|
|
2316 l = n - i;
|
|
|
2317 cdiff = STRNCMP(s1 + i, s2 + i, l);
|
|
|
2318 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2319 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2320 }
|
|
|
2321 }
|
|
|
2322 }
|
|
|
2323 return 0;
|
|
|
2324 }
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 /*
|
|
|
2327 * "g8": show bytes of the UTF-8 char under the cursor. Doesn't matter what
|
|
|
2328 * 'encoding' has been set to.
|
|
|
2329 */
|
|
|
2330 void
|
|
|
2331 show_utf8()
|
|
|
2332 {
|
|
|
2333 int len;
|
|
273
|
2334 int rlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
2335 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2336 int clen;
|
|
|
2337 int i;
|
|
|
2338
|
|
|
2339 /* Get the byte length of the char under the cursor, including composing
|
|
|
2340 * characters. */
|
|
|
2341 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
474
|
2342 len = utfc_ptr2len(line);
|
|
7
|
2343 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
2344 {
|
|
|
2345 MSG("NUL");
|
|
|
2346 return;
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348
|
|
|
2349 clen = 0;
|
|
|
2350 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 if (clen == 0)
|
|
|
2353 {
|
|
|
2354 /* start of (composing) character, get its length */
|
|
|
2355 if (i > 0)
|
|
273
|
2356 {
|
|
|
2357 STRCPY(IObuff + rlen, "+ ");
|
|
|
2358 rlen += 2;
|
|
|
2359 }
|
|
474
|
2360 clen = utf_ptr2len(line + i);
|
|
7
|
2361 }
|
|
273
|
2362 sprintf((char *)IObuff + rlen, "%02x ", line[i]);
|
|
7
|
2363 --clen;
|
|
273
|
2364 rlen += STRLEN(IObuff + rlen);
|
|
|
2365 if (rlen > IOSIZE - 20)
|
|
|
2366 break;
|
|
7
|
2367 }
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
2370 }
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 /*
|
|
|
2373 * mb_head_off() function pointer.
|
|
|
2374 * Return offset from "p" to the first byte of the character it points into.
|
|
|
2375 * Returns 0 when already at the first byte of a character.
|
|
|
2376 */
|
|
|
2377 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2378 int
|
|
|
2379 latin_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2380 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2381 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 return 0;
|
|
|
2384 }
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 int
|
|
|
2387 dbcs_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2388 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2389 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2390 {
|
|
|
2391 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
|
|
|
2394 * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte. */
|
|
|
2395 if (p <= base || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1)
|
|
|
2396 return 0;
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
|
|
|
2399 * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise. */
|
|
|
2400 q = base;
|
|
|
2401 while (q < p)
|
|
474
|
2402 q += dbcs_ptr2len(q);
|
|
7
|
2403 return (q == p) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
|
2404 }
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \
|
|
|
2407 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2408 /*
|
|
|
2409 * Special version of dbcs_head_off() that works for ScreenLines[], where
|
|
|
2410 * single-width DBCS_JPNU characters are stored separately.
|
|
|
2411 */
|
|
|
2412 int
|
|
|
2413 dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2414 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2415 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2416 {
|
|
|
2417 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2418
|
|
|
2419 /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
|
|
|
2420 * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte.
|
|
|
2421 * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte in the previous cell always means we have a
|
|
|
2422 * lead byte in the current cell. */
|
|
|
2423 if (p <= base
|
|
|
2424 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && p[-1] == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2425 || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1)
|
|
|
2426 return 0;
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
|
|
|
2429 * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
2430 * For DBCS_JPNU look out for 0x8e, which means the second byte is not
|
|
|
2431 * stored as the next byte. */
|
|
|
2432 q = base;
|
|
|
2433 while (q < p)
|
|
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *q == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2436 ++q;
|
|
|
2437 else
|
|
474
|
2438 q += dbcs_ptr2len(q);
|
|
7
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440 return (q == p) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
|
2441 }
|
|
|
2442 #endif
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 int
|
|
|
2445 utf_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2446 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2447 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2448 {
|
|
|
2449 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2450 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2451 int c;
|
|
|
2452 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
2453 char_u *j;
|
|
|
2454 #endif
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
2457 return 0;
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 /* Skip backwards over trailing bytes: 10xx.xxxx
|
|
|
2460 * Skip backwards again if on a composing char. */
|
|
|
2461 for (q = p; ; --q)
|
|
|
2462 {
|
|
|
2463 /* Move s to the last byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2464 for (s = q; (s[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++s)
|
|
|
2465 ;
|
|
|
2466 /* Move q to the first byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2467 while (q > base && (*q & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2468 --q;
|
|
|
2469 /* Check for illegal sequence. Do allow an illegal byte after where we
|
|
|
2470 * started. */
|
|
|
2471 if (utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(s - q + 1)
|
|
|
2472 && utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(p - q + 1))
|
|
|
2473 return 0;
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 if (q <= base)
|
|
|
2476 break;
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 c = utf_ptr2char(q);
|
|
|
2479 if (utf_iscomposing(c))
|
|
|
2480 continue;
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
2483 if (arabic_maycombine(c))
|
|
|
2484 {
|
|
|
2485 /* Advance to get a sneak-peak at the next char */
|
|
|
2486 j = q;
|
|
|
2487 --j;
|
|
|
2488 /* Move j to the first byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2489 while (j > base && (*j & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2490 --j;
|
|
|
2491 if (arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(j), c))
|
|
|
2492 continue;
|
|
|
2493 }
|
|
|
2494 #endif
|
|
|
2495 break;
|
|
|
2496 }
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 return (int)(p - q);
|
|
|
2499 }
|
|
|
2500
|
|
140
|
2501 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
2502 /*
|
|
99
|
2503 * Copy a character from "*fp" to "*tp" and advance the pointers.
|
|
|
2504 */
|
|
|
2505 void
|
|
|
2506 mb_copy_char(fp, tp)
|
|
|
2507 char_u **fp;
|
|
|
2508 char_u **tp;
|
|
|
2509 {
|
|
474
|
2510 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(*fp);
|
|
99
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 mch_memmove(*tp, *fp, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
2513 *tp += l;
|
|
|
2514 *fp += l;
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
140
|
2516 #endif
|
|
99
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 /*
|
|
7
|
2519 * Return the offset from "p" to the first byte of a character. When "p" is
|
|
|
2520 * at the start of a character 0 is returned, otherwise the offset to the next
|
|
|
2521 * character. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes.
|
|
|
2522 */
|
|
|
2523 int
|
|
|
2524 mb_off_next(base, p)
|
|
|
2525 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2526 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 int i;
|
|
|
2529 int j;
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
2534 return 0;
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 /* Find the next character that isn't 10xx.xxxx */
|
|
|
2537 for (i = 0; (p[i] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
|
|
|
2538 ;
|
|
|
2539 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 /* Check for illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
2542 for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
|
|
|
2543 if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2544 break;
|
|
|
2545 if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j)
|
|
|
2546 return 0;
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548 return i;
|
|
|
2549 }
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 /* Only need to check if we're on a trail byte, it doesn't matter if we
|
|
|
2552 * want the offset to the next or current character. */
|
|
|
2553 return (*mb_head_off)(base, p);
|
|
|
2554 }
|
|
|
2555
|
|
|
2556 /*
|
|
|
2557 * Return the offset from "p" to the last byte of the character it points
|
|
|
2558 * into. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes.
|
|
|
2559 */
|
|
|
2560 int
|
|
|
2561 mb_tail_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2562 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2563 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2564 {
|
|
|
2565 int i;
|
|
|
2566 int j;
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
2569 return 0;
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 /* Find the last character that is 10xx.xxxx */
|
|
|
2574 for (i = 0; (p[i + 1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
|
|
|
2575 ;
|
|
|
2576 /* Check for illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
2577 for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
|
|
|
2578 if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2579 break;
|
|
|
2580 if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j + 1)
|
|
|
2581 return 0;
|
|
|
2582 return i;
|
|
|
2583 }
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
|
|
|
2586 * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte. */
|
|
|
2587 if (enc_dbcs == 0 || p[1] == NUL || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
|
|
|
2588 return 0;
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
|
|
|
2591 return 1 - dbcs_head_off(base, p);
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593
|
|
26
|
2594 #if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2595 /*
|
|
|
2596 * Return TRUE if string "s" is a valid utf-8 string.
|
|
|
2597 * When "end" is NULL stop at the first NUL.
|
|
|
2598 * When "end" is positive stop there.
|
|
|
2599 */
|
|
|
2600 int
|
|
|
2601 utf_valid_string(s, end)
|
|
|
2602 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2603 char_u *end;
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 int l;
|
|
|
2606 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 while (end == NULL ? *p != NUL : p < end)
|
|
|
2609 {
|
|
|
2610 if ((*p & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2611 return FALSE; /* invalid lead byte */
|
|
|
2612 l = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
2613 if (end != NULL && p + l > end)
|
|
|
2614 return FALSE; /* incomplete byte sequence */
|
|
|
2615 ++p;
|
|
|
2616 while (--l > 0)
|
|
|
2617 if ((*p++ & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2618 return FALSE; /* invalid trail byte */
|
|
|
2619 }
|
|
|
2620 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2621 }
|
|
|
2622 #endif
|
|
|
2623
|
|
7
|
2624 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2625 /*
|
|
|
2626 * Special version of mb_tail_off() for use in ScreenLines[].
|
|
|
2627 */
|
|
|
2628 int
|
|
|
2629 dbcs_screen_tail_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2630 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2631 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2632 {
|
|
|
2633 /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
|
|
|
2634 * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte.
|
|
|
2635 * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte always means we have a lead byte in the current
|
|
|
2636 * cell. */
|
|
|
2637 if (*p == NUL || p[1] == NUL
|
|
|
2638 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2639 || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
|
|
|
2640 return 0;
|
|
|
2641
|
|
|
2642 /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
|
|
|
2643 return 1 - dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p);
|
|
|
2644 }
|
|
|
2645 #endif
|
|
|
2646
|
|
|
2647 /*
|
|
|
2648 * If the cursor moves on an trail byte, set the cursor on the lead byte.
|
|
|
2649 * Thus it moves left if necessary.
|
|
|
2650 * Return TRUE when the cursor was adjusted.
|
|
|
2651 */
|
|
|
2652 void
|
|
|
2653 mb_adjust_cursor()
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 mb_adjustpos(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
2656 }
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658 /*
|
|
|
2659 * Adjust position "*lp" to point to the first byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
2660 * If it points to a tail byte it's moved backwards to the head byte.
|
|
|
2661 */
|
|
|
2662 void
|
|
|
2663 mb_adjustpos(lp)
|
|
|
2664 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
2665 {
|
|
|
2666 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2667
|
|
|
2668 if (lp->col > 0
|
|
|
2669 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2670 || lp->coladd > 1
|
|
|
2671 #endif
|
|
|
2672 )
|
|
|
2673 {
|
|
|
2674 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
2675 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
2676 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2677 /* Reset "coladd" when the cursor would be on the right half of a
|
|
|
2678 * double-wide character. */
|
|
|
2679 if (lp->coladd == 1
|
|
|
2680 && p[lp->col] != TAB
|
|
|
2681 && vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(p + lp->col))
|
|
|
2682 && ptr2cells(p + lp->col) > 1)
|
|
|
2683 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2684 #endif
|
|
|
2685 }
|
|
|
2686 }
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 /*
|
|
|
2689 * Return a pointer to the character before "*p", if there is one.
|
|
|
2690 */
|
|
|
2691 char_u *
|
|
|
2692 mb_prevptr(line, p)
|
|
|
2693 char_u *line; /* start of the string */
|
|
|
2694 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 if (p > line)
|
|
39
|
2697 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
7
|
2698 return p;
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 /*
|
|
474
|
2702 * Return the character length of "str". Each multi-byte character (with
|
|
|
2703 * following composing characters) counts as one.
|
|
7
|
2704 */
|
|
|
2705 int
|
|
|
2706 mb_charlen(str)
|
|
|
2707 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2708 {
|
|
|
2709 int count;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
2712 return 0;
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 for (count = 0; *str != NUL; count++)
|
|
474
|
2715 str += (*mb_ptr2len)(str);
|
|
7
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 return count;
|
|
|
2718 }
|
|
|
2719
|
|
|
2720 /*
|
|
|
2721 * Try to un-escape a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
2722 * Used for the "to" and "from" part of a mapping.
|
|
|
2723 * Return the un-escaped string if it is a multi-byte character, and advance
|
|
|
2724 * "pp" to just after the bytes that formed it.
|
|
|
2725 * Return NULL if no multi-byte char was found.
|
|
|
2726 */
|
|
|
2727 char_u *
|
|
|
2728 mb_unescape(pp)
|
|
|
2729 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
2730 {
|
|
|
2731 static char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2732 int n, m = 0;
|
|
|
2733 char_u *str = *pp;
|
|
|
2734
|
|
|
2735 /* Must translate K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER to K_SPECIAL and CSI
|
|
|
2736 * KS_EXTRA KE_CSI to CSI. */
|
|
|
2737 for (n = 0; str[n] != NUL && m <= MB_MAXBYTES; ++n)
|
|
|
2738 {
|
|
|
2739 if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2740 && str[n + 1] == KS_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2741 && str[n + 2] == KE_FILLER)
|
|
|
2742 {
|
|
|
2743 buf[m++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2744 n += 2;
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2747 else if (str[n] == CSI
|
|
|
2748 && str[n + 1] == KS_EXTRA
|
|
|
2749 && str[n + 2] == (int)KE_CSI)
|
|
|
2750 {
|
|
|
2751 buf[m++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2752 n += 2;
|
|
|
2753 }
|
|
|
2754 # endif
|
|
|
2755 else if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2756 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2757 || str[n] == CSI
|
|
|
2758 # endif
|
|
|
2759 )
|
|
|
2760 break; /* a special key can't be a multibyte char */
|
|
|
2761 else
|
|
|
2762 buf[m++] = str[n];
|
|
|
2763 buf[m] = NUL;
|
|
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 /* Return a multi-byte character if it's found. An illegal sequence
|
|
|
2766 * will result in a 1 here. */
|
|
474
|
2767 if ((*mb_ptr2len)(buf) > 1)
|
|
7
|
2768 {
|
|
|
2769 *pp = str + n + 1;
|
|
|
2770 return buf;
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772 }
|
|
|
2773 return NULL;
|
|
|
2774 }
|
|
|
2775
|
|
|
2776 /*
|
|
|
2777 * Return TRUE if the character at "row"/"col" on the screen is the left side
|
|
|
2778 * of a double-width character.
|
|
|
2779 * Caller must make sure "row" and "col" are not invalid!
|
|
|
2780 */
|
|
|
2781 int
|
|
|
2782 mb_lefthalve(row, col)
|
|
|
2783 int row;
|
|
|
2784 int col;
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN
|
|
|
2787 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
2788 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2789 #endif
|
|
|
2790 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
|
|
|
2791 return dbcs_off2cells(LineOffset[row] + col) > 1;
|
|
|
2792 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2793 return (col + 1 < Columns
|
|
|
2794 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col + 1] == 0);
|
|
|
2795 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2796 }
|
|
|
2797
|
|
|
2798 # if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \
|
|
|
2799 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2800 /*
|
|
|
2801 * Correct a position on the screen, if it's the right halve of a double-wide
|
|
|
2802 * char move it to the left halve. Returns the corrected column.
|
|
|
2803 */
|
|
|
2804 int
|
|
|
2805 mb_fix_col(col, row)
|
|
|
2806 int col;
|
|
|
2807 int row;
|
|
|
2808 {
|
|
|
2809 col = check_col(col);
|
|
|
2810 row = check_row(row);
|
|
|
2811 if (has_mbyte && ScreenLines != NULL && col > 0
|
|
|
2812 && ((enc_dbcs
|
|
|
2813 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] != NUL
|
|
|
2814 && dbcs_screen_head_off(ScreenLines + LineOffset[row],
|
|
|
2815 ScreenLines + LineOffset[row] + col))
|
|
|
2816 || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] == 0)))
|
|
|
2817 --col;
|
|
|
2818 return col;
|
|
|
2819 }
|
|
|
2820 # endif
|
|
|
2821 #endif
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2824 static int enc_alias_search __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
2825
|
|
|
2826 /*
|
|
|
2827 * Skip the Vim specific head of a 'encoding' name.
|
|
|
2828 */
|
|
|
2829 char_u *
|
|
|
2830 enc_skip(p)
|
|
|
2831 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2832 {
|
|
|
2833 if (STRNCMP(p, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2834 return p + 6;
|
|
|
2835 if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
2836 return p + 5;
|
|
|
2837 return p;
|
|
|
2838 }
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 /*
|
|
|
2841 * Find the canonical name for encoding "enc".
|
|
|
2842 * When the name isn't recognized, returns "enc" itself, but with all lower
|
|
|
2843 * case characters and '_' replaced with '-'.
|
|
|
2844 * Returns an allocated string. NULL for out-of-memory.
|
|
|
2845 */
|
|
|
2846 char_u *
|
|
|
2847 enc_canonize(enc)
|
|
|
2848 char_u *enc;
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 char_u *r;
|
|
|
2851 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2852 int i;
|
|
|
2853
|
|
39
|
2854 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2855 if (STRCMP(enc, "default") == 0)
|
|
|
2856 {
|
|
|
2857 /* Use the default encoding as it's found by set_init_1(). */
|
|
|
2858 r = get_encoding_default();
|
|
|
2859 if (r == NULL)
|
|
|
2860 r = (char_u *)"latin1";
|
|
|
2861 return vim_strsave(r);
|
|
|
2862 }
|
|
|
2863 # endif
|
|
|
2864
|
|
7
|
2865 /* copy "enc" to allocted memory, with room for two '-' */
|
|
|
2866 r = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(enc) + 3));
|
|
|
2867 if (r != NULL)
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
|
2869 /* Make it all lower case and replace '_' with '-'. */
|
|
|
2870 p = r;
|
|
|
2871 for (s = enc; *s != NUL; ++s)
|
|
|
2872 {
|
|
|
2873 if (*s == '_')
|
|
|
2874 *p++ = '-';
|
|
|
2875 else
|
|
|
2876 *p++ = TOLOWER_ASC(*s);
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 /* Skip "2byte-" and "8bit-". */
|
|
|
2881 p = enc_skip(r);
|
|
|
2882
|
|
481
|
2883 /* Change "microsoft-cp" to "cp". Used in some spell files. */
|
|
|
2884 if (STRNCMP(p, "microsoft-cp", 12) == 0)
|
|
|
2885 mch_memmove(p, p + 10, STRLEN(p + 10) + 1);
|
|
|
2886
|
|
7
|
2887 /* "iso8859" -> "iso-8859" */
|
|
|
2888 if (STRNCMP(p, "iso8859", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
2889 {
|
|
|
2890 mch_memmove(p + 4, p + 3, STRLEN(p + 2));
|
|
|
2891 p[3] = '-';
|
|
|
2892 }
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 /* "iso-8859n" -> "iso-8859-n" */
|
|
|
2895 if (STRNCMP(p, "iso-8859", 8) == 0 && p[8] != '-')
|
|
|
2896 {
|
|
|
2897 mch_memmove(p + 9, p + 8, STRLEN(p + 7));
|
|
|
2898 p[8] = '-';
|
|
|
2899 }
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 /* "latin-N" -> "latinN" */
|
|
|
2902 if (STRNCMP(p, "latin-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2903 mch_memmove(p + 5, p + 6, STRLEN(p + 5));
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 if (enc_canon_search(p) >= 0)
|
|
|
2906 {
|
|
|
2907 /* canonical name can be used unmodified */
|
|
|
2908 if (p != r)
|
|
|
2909 mch_memmove(r, p, STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
|
2911 else if ((i = enc_alias_search(p)) >= 0)
|
|
|
2912 {
|
|
|
2913 /* alias recognized, get canonical name */
|
|
|
2914 vim_free(r);
|
|
|
2915 r = vim_strsave((char_u *)enc_canon_table[i].name);
|
|
|
2916 }
|
|
|
2917 }
|
|
|
2918 return r;
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 /*
|
|
|
2922 * Search for an encoding alias of "name".
|
|
|
2923 * Returns -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2924 */
|
|
|
2925 static int
|
|
|
2926 enc_alias_search(name)
|
|
|
2927 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 int i;
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 for (i = 0; enc_alias_table[i].name != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
2932 if (STRCMP(name, enc_alias_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
2933 return enc_alias_table[i].canon;
|
|
|
2934 return -1;
|
|
|
2935 }
|
|
|
2936 #endif
|
|
|
2937
|
|
|
2938 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 #ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H
|
|
|
2941 # include <langinfo.h>
|
|
|
2942 #endif
|
|
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 /*
|
|
|
2945 * Get the canonicalized encoding of the current locale.
|
|
|
2946 * Returns an allocated string when successful, NULL when not.
|
|
|
2947 */
|
|
|
2948 char_u *
|
|
|
2949 enc_locale()
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
|
2951 #ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
2952 char *s;
|
|
|
2953 char *p;
|
|
|
2954 int i;
|
|
|
2955 #endif
|
|
|
2956 char buf[50];
|
|
|
2957 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
2958 long acp = GetACP();
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 if (acp == 1200)
|
|
|
2961 STRCPY(buf, "ucs-2le");
|
|
407
|
2962 else if (acp == 1252) /* cp1252 is used as latin1 */
|
|
7
|
2963 STRCPY(buf, "latin1");
|
|
|
2964 else
|
|
|
2965 sprintf(buf, "cp%ld", acp);
|
|
|
2966 #else
|
|
|
2967 # ifdef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
|
|
2968 if ((s = nl_langinfo(CODESET)) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2969 # endif
|
|
167
|
2970 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2971 s = "utf-8";
|
|
|
2972 # else
|
|
|
2973 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
7
|
2974 if ((s = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
167
|
2975 # endif
|
|
7
|
2976 if ((s = getenv("LC_ALL")) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2977 if ((s = getenv("LC_CTYPE")) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2978 s = getenv("LANG");
|
|
167
|
2979 # endif
|
|
7
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2982 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 /* The most generic locale format is:
|
|
|
2985 * language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
|
|
|
2986 * If there is a '.' remove the part before it.
|
|
|
2987 * if there is something after the codeset, remove it.
|
|
|
2988 * Make the name lowercase and replace '_' with '-'.
|
|
|
2989 * Exception: "ja_JP.EUC" == "euc-jp", "zh_CN.EUC" = "euc-cn",
|
|
|
2990 * "ko_KR.EUC" == "euc-kr"
|
|
|
2991 */
|
|
|
2992 if ((p = (char *)vim_strchr((char_u *)s, '.')) != NULL)
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 if (p > s + 2 && STRNICMP(p + 1, "EUC", 3) == 0
|
|
|
2995 && !isalnum((int)p[4]) && p[4] != '-' && p[-3] == '_')
|
|
|
2996 {
|
|
|
2997 /* copy "XY.EUC" to "euc-XY" to buf[10] */
|
|
|
2998 STRCPY(buf + 10, "euc-");
|
|
|
2999 buf[14] = p[-2];
|
|
|
3000 buf[15] = p[-1];
|
|
|
3001 buf[16] = 0;
|
|
|
3002 s = buf + 10;
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004 else
|
|
|
3005 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
3006 }
|
|
|
3007 for (i = 0; s[i] != NUL && i < sizeof(buf) - 1; ++i)
|
|
|
3008 {
|
|
|
3009 if (s[i] == '_' || s[i] == '-')
|
|
|
3010 buf[i] = '-';
|
|
|
3011 else if (isalnum((int)s[i]))
|
|
|
3012 buf[i] = TOLOWER_ASC(s[i]);
|
|
|
3013 else
|
|
|
3014 break;
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
3017 #endif
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 return enc_canonize((char_u *)buf);
|
|
|
3020 }
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3023 /*
|
|
|
3024 * Convert an encoding name to an MS-Windows codepage.
|
|
|
3025 * Returns zero if no codepage can be figured out.
|
|
|
3026 */
|
|
|
3027 int
|
|
|
3028 encname2codepage(name)
|
|
|
3029 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3030 {
|
|
|
3031 int cp;
|
|
|
3032 char_u *p = name;
|
|
|
3033 int idx;
|
|
|
3034
|
|
|
3035 if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3036 p += 5;
|
|
|
3037 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
3038 p += 6;
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 if (p[0] == 'c' && p[1] == 'p')
|
|
|
3041 cp = atoi(p + 2);
|
|
|
3042 else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p)) >= 0)
|
|
|
3043 cp = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
|
|
|
3044 else
|
|
|
3045 return 0;
|
|
|
3046 if (IsValidCodePage(cp))
|
|
|
3047 return cp;
|
|
|
3048 return 0;
|
|
|
3049 }
|
|
|
3050 #endif
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 # if defined(USE_ICONV) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 static char_u *iconv_string __ARGS((vimconv_T *vcp, char_u *str, int slen, int *unconvlenp));
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 /*
|
|
|
3057 * Call iconv_open() with a check if iconv() works properly (there are broken
|
|
|
3058 * versions).
|
|
|
3059 * Returns (void *)-1 if failed.
|
|
|
3060 * (should return iconv_t, but that causes problems with prototypes).
|
|
|
3061 */
|
|
|
3062 void *
|
|
|
3063 my_iconv_open(to, from)
|
|
|
3064 char_u *to;
|
|
|
3065 char_u *from;
|
|
|
3066 {
|
|
|
3067 iconv_t fd;
|
|
|
3068 #define ICONV_TESTLEN 400
|
|
|
3069 char_u tobuf[ICONV_TESTLEN];
|
|
|
3070 char *p;
|
|
|
3071 size_t tolen;
|
|
|
3072 static int iconv_ok = -1;
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 if (iconv_ok == FALSE)
|
|
|
3075 return (void *)-1; /* detected a broken iconv() previously */
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 #ifdef DYNAMIC_ICONV
|
|
|
3078 /* Check if the iconv.dll can be found. */
|
|
|
3079 if (!iconv_enabled(TRUE))
|
|
|
3080 return (void *)-1;
|
|
|
3081 #endif
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 fd = iconv_open((char *)enc_skip(to), (char *)enc_skip(from));
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 if (fd != (iconv_t)-1 && iconv_ok == -1)
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 /*
|
|
|
3088 * Do a dummy iconv() call to check if it actually works. There is a
|
|
|
3089 * version of iconv() on Linux that is broken. We can't ignore it,
|
|
|
3090 * because it's wide-spread. The symptoms are that after outputting
|
|
|
3091 * the initial shift state the "to" pointer is NULL and conversion
|
|
|
3092 * stops for no apparent reason after about 8160 characters.
|
|
|
3093 */
|
|
|
3094 p = (char *)tobuf;
|
|
|
3095 tolen = ICONV_TESTLEN;
|
|
|
3096 (void)iconv(fd, NULL, NULL, &p, &tolen);
|
|
|
3097 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3098 {
|
|
|
3099 iconv_ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
3100 iconv_close(fd);
|
|
|
3101 fd = (iconv_t)-1;
|
|
|
3102 }
|
|
|
3103 else
|
|
|
3104 iconv_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
3105 }
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 return (void *)fd;
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 /*
|
|
|
3111 * Convert the string "str[slen]" with iconv().
|
|
|
3112 * If "unconvlenp" is not NULL handle the string ending in an incomplete
|
|
|
3113 * sequence and set "*unconvlenp" to the length of it.
|
|
|
3114 * Returns the converted string in allocated memory. NULL for an error.
|
|
|
3115 */
|
|
|
3116 static char_u *
|
|
|
3117 iconv_string(vcp, str, slen, unconvlenp)
|
|
|
3118 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
3119 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3120 int slen;
|
|
|
3121 int *unconvlenp;
|
|
|
3122 {
|
|
|
3123 const char *from;
|
|
|
3124 size_t fromlen;
|
|
|
3125 char *to;
|
|
|
3126 size_t tolen;
|
|
|
3127 size_t len = 0;
|
|
|
3128 size_t done = 0;
|
|
|
3129 char_u *result = NULL;
|
|
|
3130 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3131 int l;
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 from = (char *)str;
|
|
|
3134 fromlen = slen;
|
|
|
3135 for (;;)
|
|
|
3136 {
|
|
|
3137 if (len == 0 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_E2BIG)
|
|
|
3138 {
|
|
|
3139 /* Allocate enough room for most conversions. When re-allocating
|
|
|
3140 * increase the buffer size. */
|
|
|
3141 len = len + fromlen * 2 + 40;
|
|
|
3142 p = alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
3143 if (p != NULL && done > 0)
|
|
|
3144 mch_memmove(p, result, done);
|
|
|
3145 vim_free(result);
|
|
|
3146 result = p;
|
|
|
3147 if (result == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
3148 break;
|
|
|
3149 }
|
|
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 to = (char *)result + done;
|
|
|
3152 tolen = len - done - 2;
|
|
|
3153 /* Avoid a warning for systems with a wrong iconv() prototype by
|
|
|
3154 * casting the second argument to void *. */
|
|
|
3155 if (iconv(vcp->vc_fd, (void *)&from, &fromlen, &to, &tolen)
|
|
|
3156 != (size_t)-1)
|
|
|
3157 {
|
|
|
3158 /* Finished, append a NUL. */
|
|
|
3159 *to = NUL;
|
|
|
3160 break;
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 /* Check both ICONV_EINVAL and EINVAL, because the dynamically loaded
|
|
|
3164 * iconv library may use one of them. */
|
|
|
3165 if (!vcp->vc_fail && unconvlenp != NULL
|
|
|
3166 && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
|
|
|
3167 {
|
|
|
3168 /* Handle an incomplete sequence at the end. */
|
|
|
3169 *to = NUL;
|
|
|
3170 *unconvlenp = fromlen;
|
|
|
3171 break;
|
|
|
3172 }
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 /* Check both ICONV_EILSEQ and EILSEQ, because the dynamically loaded
|
|
|
3175 * iconv library may use one of them. */
|
|
|
3176 else if (!vcp->vc_fail
|
|
|
3177 && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EILSEQ || ICONV_ERRNO == EILSEQ
|
|
|
3178 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
|
|
|
3179 {
|
|
|
3180 /* Can't convert: insert a '?' and skip a character. This assumes
|
|
|
3181 * conversion from 'encoding' to something else. In other
|
|
|
3182 * situations we don't know what to skip anyway. */
|
|
|
3183 *to++ = '?';
|
|
|
3184 if ((*mb_ptr2cells)((char_u *)from) > 1)
|
|
|
3185 *to++ = '?';
|
|
221
|
3186 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
474
|
3187 l = utfc_ptr2len_len((char_u *)from, fromlen);
|
|
221
|
3188 else
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
474
|
3190 l = (*mb_ptr2len)((char_u *)from);
|
|
227
|
3191 if (l > (int)fromlen)
|
|
221
|
3192 l = fromlen;
|
|
|
3193 }
|
|
7
|
3194 from += l;
|
|
|
3195 fromlen -= l;
|
|
|
3196 }
|
|
|
3197 else if (ICONV_ERRNO != ICONV_E2BIG)
|
|
|
3198 {
|
|
|
3199 /* conversion failed */
|
|
|
3200 vim_free(result);
|
|
|
3201 result = NULL;
|
|
|
3202 break;
|
|
|
3203 }
|
|
|
3204 /* Not enough room or skipping illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
3205 done = to - (char *)result;
|
|
|
3206 }
|
|
|
3207 return result;
|
|
|
3208 }
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 # if defined(DYNAMIC_ICONV) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3211 /*
|
|
|
3212 * Dynamically load the "iconv.dll" on Win32.
|
|
|
3213 */
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 #ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV /* just generating prototypes */
|
|
|
3216 # define HINSTANCE int
|
|
|
3217 #endif
|
|
297
|
3218 static HINSTANCE hIconvDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3219 static HINSTANCE hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
|
|
7
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 # ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL
|
|
|
3222 # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL "iconv.dll"
|
|
|
3223 # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT "libiconv.dll"
|
|
|
3224 # endif
|
|
|
3225 # ifndef DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL
|
|
|
3226 # define DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL "msvcrt.dll"
|
|
|
3227 # endif
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 /*
|
|
|
3230 * Try opening the iconv.dll and return TRUE if iconv() can be used.
|
|
|
3231 */
|
|
|
3232 int
|
|
|
3233 iconv_enabled(verbose)
|
|
|
3234 int verbose;
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
|
3236 if (hIconvDLL != 0 && hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3237 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3238 hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL);
|
|
|
3239 if (hIconvDLL == 0) /* sometimes it's called libiconv.dll */
|
|
|
3240 hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT);
|
|
|
3241 if (hIconvDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3242 hMsvcrtDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
|
|
|
3243 if (hIconvDLL == 0 || hMsvcrtDLL == 0)
|
|
|
3244 {
|
|
|
3245 /* Only give the message when 'verbose' is set, otherwise it might be
|
|
|
3246 * done whenever a conversion is attempted. */
|
|
|
3247 if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
3248 {
|
|
|
3249 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
3250 EMSG2(_(e_loadlib),
|
|
|
3251 hIconvDLL == 0 ? DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL : DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
|
|
292
|
3252 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
3253 }
|
|
7
|
3254 iconv_end();
|
|
|
3255 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3256 }
|
|
|
3257
|
|
344
|
3258 iconv = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv");
|
|
|
3259 iconv_open = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_open");
|
|
|
3260 iconv_close = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_close");
|
|
|
3261 iconvctl = (void *)GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconvctl");
|
|
|
3262 iconv_errno = (void *)GetProcAddress(hMsvcrtDLL, "_errno");
|
|
7
|
3263 if (iconv == NULL || iconv_open == NULL || iconv_close == NULL
|
|
|
3264 || iconvctl == NULL || iconv_errno == NULL)
|
|
|
3265 {
|
|
|
3266 iconv_end();
|
|
|
3267 if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
3268 {
|
|
|
3269 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
3270 EMSG2(_(e_loadfunc), "for libiconv");
|
|
292
|
3271 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
3272 }
|
|
7
|
3273 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
|
3275 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3276 }
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 void
|
|
|
3279 iconv_end()
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 /* Don't use iconv() when inputting or outputting characters. */
|
|
|
3282 if (input_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
|
|
|
3283 convert_setup(&input_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3284 if (output_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
|
|
|
3285 convert_setup(&output_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 if (hIconvDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3288 FreeLibrary(hIconvDLL);
|
|
|
3289 if (hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3290 FreeLibrary(hMsvcrtDLL);
|
|
|
3291 hIconvDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3292 hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294 # endif /* DYNAMIC_ICONV */
|
|
|
3295 # endif /* USE_ICONV */
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 #endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
3302 static int xim_has_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* IM current status */
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 /*
|
|
|
3305 * Set preedit_start_col to the current cursor position.
|
|
|
3306 */
|
|
|
3307 static void
|
|
|
3308 init_preedit_start_col(void)
|
|
|
3309 {
|
|
|
3310 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3311 preedit_start_col = cmdline_getvcol_cursor();
|
|
|
3312 else if (curwin != NULL)
|
|
|
3313 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &preedit_start_col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3314 /* Prevent that preediting marks the buffer as changed. */
|
|
|
3315 xim_changed_while_preediting = curbuf->b_changed;
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317 # endif
|
|
|
3318
|
|
|
3319 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) && !defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 static int im_is_active = FALSE; /* IM is enabled for current mode */
|
|
|
3322 static int im_preedit_cursor = 0; /* cursor offset in characters */
|
|
|
3323 static int im_preedit_trailing = 0; /* number of characters after cursor */
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 static unsigned long im_commit_handler_id = 0;
|
|
|
3326 static unsigned int im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
|
|
|
3327 static unsigned int im_activatekey_state = 0;
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 void
|
|
|
3330 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 int was_active;
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 was_active = !!im_is_active;
|
|
|
3335 im_is_active = (active && !p_imdisable);
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 if (im_is_active != was_active)
|
|
|
3338 xim_reset();
|
|
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 void
|
|
|
3342 xim_set_focus(int focus)
|
|
|
3343 {
|
|
|
3344 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 if (focus)
|
|
|
3347 gtk_im_context_focus_in(xic);
|
|
|
3348 else
|
|
|
3349 gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic);
|
|
|
3350 }
|
|
|
3351 }
|
|
|
3352
|
|
|
3353 void
|
|
|
3354 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
3355 {
|
|
|
3356 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 GdkRectangle area;
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 area.x = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3361 area.y = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3362 area.width = gui.char_width * (mb_lefthalve(row, col) ? 2 : 1);
|
|
|
3363 area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 gtk_im_context_set_cursor_location(xic, &area);
|
|
|
3366 }
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 # if 0 || defined(PROTO) /* apparently only used in gui_x11.c */
|
|
|
3370 void
|
|
|
3371 xim_set_preedit(void)
|
|
|
3372 {
|
|
|
3373 im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col);
|
|
|
3374 }
|
|
|
3375 # endif
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 static void
|
|
|
3378 im_add_to_input(char_u *str, int len)
|
|
|
3379 {
|
|
|
3380 /* Convert from 'termencoding' (always "utf-8") to 'encoding' */
|
|
|
3381 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3382 {
|
|
|
3383 str = string_convert(&input_conv, str, &len);
|
|
|
3384 g_return_if_fail(str != NULL);
|
|
|
3385 }
|
|
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 add_to_input_buf_csi(str, len);
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3390 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 if (p_mh) /* blank out the pointer if necessary */
|
|
|
3393 gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
|
|
|
3394 }
|
|
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 static void
|
|
|
3397 im_delete_preedit(void)
|
|
|
3398 {
|
|
|
3399 char_u bskey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'b'};
|
|
|
3400 char_u delkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'D'};
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
|
3404 im_preedit_cursor = 0;
|
|
|
3405 return;
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 for (; im_preedit_cursor > 0; --im_preedit_cursor)
|
|
|
3408 add_to_input_buf(bskey, (int)sizeof(bskey));
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 for (; im_preedit_trailing > 0; --im_preedit_trailing)
|
|
|
3411 add_to_input_buf(delkey, (int)sizeof(delkey));
|
|
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
3414 static void
|
|
|
3415 im_correct_cursor(int num_move_back)
|
|
|
3416 {
|
|
|
3417 char_u backkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'l'};
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3420 return;
|
|
|
3421 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
3422 if ((State & CMDLINE) == 0 && curwin != NULL && curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
3423 backkey[2] = 'r';
|
|
|
3424 # endif
|
|
|
3425 for (; num_move_back > 0; --num_move_back)
|
|
|
3426 add_to_input_buf(backkey, (int)sizeof(backkey));
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 static int xim_expected_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3430 static int xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3431
|
|
|
3432 /*
|
|
|
3433 * Update the mode and cursor while in an IM callback.
|
|
|
3434 */
|
|
|
3435 static void
|
|
|
3436 im_show_info(void)
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
|
3438 int old_vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3439 old_vgetc_busy = vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3440 vgetc_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
3441 showmode();
|
|
|
3442 vgetc_busy = old_vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3443 setcursor();
|
|
|
3444 out_flush();
|
|
|
3445 }
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447 /*
|
|
|
3448 * Callback invoked when the user finished preediting.
|
|
|
3449 * Put the final string into the input buffer.
|
|
|
3450 */
|
|
|
3451 /*ARGSUSED0*/
|
|
|
3452 static void
|
|
|
3453 im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context, const gchar *str, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3454 {
|
|
|
3455 int slen = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
3456 int add_to_input = TRUE;
|
|
|
3457 int clen;
|
|
|
3458 int len = slen;
|
|
|
3459 int commit_with_preedit = TRUE;
|
|
|
3460 char_u *im_str, *p;
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
3462 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3463 xim_log("im_commit_cb(): %s\n", str);
|
|
|
3464 #endif
|
|
|
3465
|
|
|
3466 /* The imhangul module doesn't reset the preedit string before
|
|
|
3467 * committing. Call im_delete_preedit() to work around that. */
|
|
|
3468 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3469
|
|
|
3470 /* Indicate that preediting has finished. */
|
|
|
3471 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3472 {
|
|
|
3473 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
3474 commit_with_preedit = FALSE;
|
|
|
3475 }
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 /* The thing which setting "preedit_start_col" to MAXCOL means that
|
|
|
3478 * "preedit_start_col" will be set forcely when calling
|
|
|
3479 * preedit_changed_cb() next time.
|
|
|
3480 * "preedit_start_col" should not reset with MAXCOL on this part. Vim
|
|
|
3481 * is simulating the preediting by using add_to_input_str(). when
|
|
|
3482 * preedit begin immediately before committed, the typebuf is not
|
|
|
3483 * flushed to screen, then it can't get correct "preedit_start_col".
|
|
|
3484 * Thus, it should calculate the cells by adding cells of the committed
|
|
|
3485 * string. */
|
|
|
3486 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3487 {
|
|
|
3488 im_str = string_convert(&input_conv, (char_u *)str, &len);
|
|
|
3489 g_return_if_fail(im_str != NULL);
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491 else
|
|
|
3492 im_str = (char_u *)str;
|
|
|
3493 clen = 0;
|
|
474
|
3494 for (p = im_str; p < im_str + len; p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p))
|
|
7
|
3495 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
|
|
|
3496 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3497 vim_free(im_str);
|
|
|
3498 preedit_start_col += clen;
|
|
|
3499
|
|
|
3500 /* Is this a single character that matches a keypad key that's just
|
|
|
3501 * been pressed? If so, we don't want it to be entered as such - let
|
|
|
3502 * us carry on processing the raw keycode so that it may be used in
|
|
|
3503 * mappings as <kSomething>. */
|
|
|
3504 if (xim_expected_char != NUL)
|
|
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 /* We're currently processing a keypad or other special key */
|
|
|
3507 if (slen == 1 && str[0] == xim_expected_char)
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 /* It's a match - don't do it here */
|
|
|
3510 xim_ignored_char = TRUE;
|
|
|
3511 add_to_input = FALSE;
|
|
|
3512 }
|
|
|
3513 else
|
|
|
3514 {
|
|
|
3515 /* Not a match */
|
|
|
3516 xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3517 }
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 if (add_to_input)
|
|
|
3521 im_add_to_input((char_u *)str, slen);
|
|
|
3522
|
|
|
3523 /* Inserting chars while "im_is_active" is set does not cause a change of
|
|
|
3524 * buffer. When the chars are committed the buffer must be marked as
|
|
|
3525 * changed. */
|
|
|
3526 if (!commit_with_preedit)
|
|
|
3527 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3528
|
|
|
3529 /* This flag is used in changed() at next call. */
|
|
|
3530 xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
3533 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
3534 }
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 /*
|
|
|
3537 * Callback invoked after start to the preedit.
|
|
|
3538 */
|
|
|
3539 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3540 static void
|
|
|
3541 im_preedit_start_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3542 {
|
|
|
3543 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3544 xim_log("im_preedit_start_cb()\n");
|
|
|
3545 #endif
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
3548 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3549 }
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 /*
|
|
|
3552 * Callback invoked after end to the preedit.
|
|
|
3553 */
|
|
|
3554 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3555 static void
|
|
|
3556 im_preedit_end_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3557 {
|
|
|
3558 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3559 xim_log("im_preedit_end_cb()\n");
|
|
|
3560 #endif
|
|
|
3561 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 /* Indicate that preediting has finished */
|
|
|
3564 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3565 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
3568 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3569 im_show_info();
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571
|
|
|
3572 /*
|
|
|
3573 * Callback invoked after changes to the preedit string. If the preedit
|
|
|
3574 * string was empty before, remember the preedit start column so we know
|
|
|
3575 * where to apply feedback attributes. Delete the previous preedit string
|
|
|
3576 * if there was one, save the new preedit cursor offset, and put the new
|
|
|
3577 * string into the input buffer.
|
|
|
3578 *
|
|
|
3579 * TODO: The pragmatic "put into input buffer" approach used here has
|
|
|
3580 * several fundamental problems:
|
|
|
3581 *
|
|
|
3582 * - The characters in the preedit string are subject to remapping.
|
|
|
3583 * That's broken, only the finally committed string should be remapped.
|
|
|
3584 *
|
|
|
3585 * - There is a race condition involved: The retrieved value for the
|
|
|
3586 * current cursor position will be wrong if any unprocessed characters
|
|
|
3587 * are still queued in the input buffer.
|
|
|
3588 *
|
|
|
3589 * - Due to the lack of synchronization between the file buffer in memory
|
|
|
3590 * and any typed characters, it's practically impossible to implement the
|
|
|
3591 * "retrieve_surrounding" and "delete_surrounding" signals reliably. IM
|
|
|
3592 * modules for languages such as Thai are likely to rely on this feature
|
|
|
3593 * for proper operation.
|
|
|
3594 *
|
|
|
3595 * Conclusions: I think support for preediting needs to be moved to the
|
|
|
3596 * core parts of Vim. Ideally, until it has been committed, the preediting
|
|
|
3597 * string should only be displayed and not affect the buffer content at all.
|
|
|
3598 * The question how to deal with the synchronization issue still remains.
|
|
|
3599 * Circumventing the input buffer is probably not desirable. Anyway, I think
|
|
|
3600 * implementing "retrieve_surrounding" is the only hard problem.
|
|
|
3601 *
|
|
|
3602 * One way to solve all of this in a clean manner would be to queue all key
|
|
|
3603 * press/release events "as is" in the input buffer, and apply the IM filtering
|
|
|
3604 * at the receiving end of the queue. This, however, would have a rather large
|
|
|
3605 * impact on the code base. If there is an easy way to force processing of all
|
|
|
3606 * remaining input from within the "retrieve_surrounding" signal handler, this
|
|
|
3607 * might not be necessary. Gotta ask on vim-dev for opinions.
|
|
|
3608 */
|
|
|
3609 /*ARGSUSED1*/
|
|
|
3610 static void
|
|
|
3611 im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 char *preedit_string = NULL;
|
|
|
3614 int cursor_index = 0;
|
|
|
3615 int num_move_back = 0;
|
|
|
3616 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3617 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3618 int i;
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(context,
|
|
|
3621 &preedit_string, NULL,
|
|
|
3622 &cursor_index);
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3625 xim_log("im_preedit_changed_cb(): %s\n", preedit_string);
|
|
|
3626 #endif
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 g_return_if_fail(preedit_string != NULL); /* just in case */
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 /* If preedit_start_col is MAXCOL set it to the current cursor position. */
|
|
|
3631 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL && preedit_string[0] != '\0')
|
|
|
3632 {
|
|
|
3633 xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3634
|
|
|
3635 /* Urgh, this breaks if the input buffer isn't empty now */
|
|
|
3636 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
3637 }
|
|
|
3638 else if (cursor_index == 0 && preedit_string[0] == '\0')
|
|
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3641 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 /* If at the start position (after typing backspace)
|
|
|
3644 * preedit_start_col must be reset. */
|
|
|
3645 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3646 }
|
|
|
3647
|
|
|
3648 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 /*
|
|
|
3651 * Compute the end of the preediting area: "preedit_end_col".
|
|
|
3652 * According to the documentation of gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(),
|
|
|
3653 * the cursor_pos output argument returns the offset in bytes. This is
|
|
|
3654 * unfortunately not true -- real life shows the offset is in characters,
|
|
|
3655 * and the GTK+ source code agrees with me. Will file a bug later.
|
|
|
3656 */
|
|
|
3657 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3658 preedit_end_col = preedit_start_col;
|
|
|
3659 str = (char_u *)preedit_string;
|
|
|
3660 for (p = str, i = 0; *p != NUL; p += utf_byte2len(*p), ++i)
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 int is_composing;
|
|
|
3663
|
|
|
3664 is_composing = ((*p & 0x80) != 0 && utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p)));
|
|
|
3665 /*
|
|
|
3666 * These offsets are used as counters when generating <BS> and <Del>
|
|
|
3667 * to delete the preedit string. So don't count composing characters
|
|
|
3668 * unless 'delcombine' is enabled.
|
|
|
3669 */
|
|
|
3670 if (!is_composing || p_deco)
|
|
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 if (i < cursor_index)
|
|
|
3673 ++im_preedit_cursor;
|
|
|
3674 else
|
|
|
3675 ++im_preedit_trailing;
|
|
|
3676 }
|
|
|
3677 if (!is_composing && i >= cursor_index)
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 /* This is essentially the same as im_preedit_trailing, except
|
|
|
3680 * composing characters are not counted even if p_deco is set. */
|
|
|
3681 ++num_move_back;
|
|
|
3682 }
|
|
|
3683 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3684 preedit_end_col += utf_ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
3685 }
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 if (p > str)
|
|
|
3688 {
|
|
|
3689 im_add_to_input(str, (int)(p - str));
|
|
|
3690 im_correct_cursor(num_move_back);
|
|
|
3691 }
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 g_free(preedit_string);
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
3696 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 /*
|
|
|
3700 * Translate the Pango attributes at iter to Vim highlighting attributes.
|
|
|
3701 * Ignore attributes not supported by Vim highlighting. This shouldn't have
|
|
|
3702 * too much impact -- right now we handle even more attributes than necessary
|
|
|
3703 * for the IM modules I tested with.
|
|
|
3704 */
|
|
|
3705 static int
|
|
|
3706 translate_pango_attributes(PangoAttrIterator *iter)
|
|
|
3707 {
|
|
|
3708 PangoAttribute *attr;
|
|
|
3709 int char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_UNDERLINE);
|
|
|
3712 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value
|
|
|
3713 != (int)PANGO_UNDERLINE_NONE)
|
|
|
3714 char_attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_WEIGHT);
|
|
|
3717 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value >= (int)PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD)
|
|
|
3718 char_attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_STYLE);
|
|
|
3721 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value
|
|
|
3722 != (int)PANGO_STYLE_NORMAL)
|
|
|
3723 char_attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_BACKGROUND);
|
|
|
3726 if (attr != NULL)
|
|
|
3727 {
|
|
|
3728 const PangoColor *color = &((PangoAttrColor *)attr)->color;
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 /* Assume inverse if black background is requested */
|
|
|
3731 if ((color->red | color->green | color->blue) == 0)
|
|
|
3732 char_attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
3733 }
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3736 }
|
|
|
3737
|
|
|
3738 /*
|
|
|
3739 * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string.
|
|
|
3740 * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range.
|
|
|
3741 */
|
|
|
3742 int
|
|
|
3743 im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
|
|
|
3744 {
|
|
|
3745 char *preedit_string = NULL;
|
|
|
3746 PangoAttrList *attr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3747 int char_attr = -1;
|
|
|
3748
|
|
|
3749 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
3750 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(xic, &preedit_string, &attr_list, NULL);
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 if (preedit_string != NULL && attr_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3755 {
|
|
|
3756 int index;
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 /* Get the byte index as used by PangoAttrIterator */
|
|
|
3759 for (index = 0; col > 0 && preedit_string[index] != '\0'; --col)
|
|
474
|
3760 index += utfc_ptr2len((char_u *)preedit_string + index);
|
|
7
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 if (preedit_string[index] != '\0')
|
|
|
3763 {
|
|
|
3764 PangoAttrIterator *iter;
|
|
|
3765 int start, end;
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
|
|
|
3768 iter = pango_attr_list_get_iterator(attr_list);
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 /* Extract all relevant attributes from the list. */
|
|
|
3771 do
|
|
|
3772 {
|
|
|
3773 pango_attr_iterator_range(iter, &start, &end);
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 if (index >= start && index < end)
|
|
|
3776 char_attr |= translate_pango_attributes(iter);
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778 while (pango_attr_iterator_next(iter));
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 pango_attr_iterator_destroy(iter);
|
|
|
3781 }
|
|
|
3782 }
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 if (attr_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3785 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list);
|
|
|
3786 g_free(preedit_string);
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3789 }
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 void
|
|
|
3792 xim_init(void)
|
|
|
3793 {
|
|
|
3794 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3795 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
3796 #endif
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea != NULL);
|
|
|
3799 g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea->window != NULL);
|
|
|
3800
|
|
|
3801 xic = gtk_im_multicontext_new();
|
|
|
3802 g_object_ref(xic);
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 im_commit_handler_id = g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "commit",
|
|
|
3805 G_CALLBACK(&im_commit_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3806 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_changed",
|
|
|
3807 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_changed_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3808 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_start",
|
|
|
3809 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_start_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3810 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_end",
|
|
|
3811 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_end_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 gtk_im_context_set_client_window(xic, gui.drawarea->window);
|
|
|
3814 }
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 void
|
|
|
3817 im_shutdown(void)
|
|
|
3818 {
|
|
|
3819 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3820 xim_log("im_shutdown()\n");
|
|
|
3821 #endif
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3824 {
|
|
|
3825 gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic);
|
|
|
3826 g_object_unref(xic);
|
|
|
3827 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
3828 }
|
|
|
3829 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
3830 im_commit_handler_id = 0;
|
|
|
3831 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3832 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3833 }
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 /*
|
|
|
3836 * Convert the string argument to keyval and state for GdkEventKey.
|
|
|
3837 * If str is valid return TRUE, otherwise FALSE.
|
|
|
3838 *
|
|
|
3839 * See 'imactivatekey' for documentation of the format.
|
|
|
3840 */
|
|
|
3841 static int
|
|
|
3842 im_string_to_keyval(const char *str, unsigned int *keyval, unsigned int *state)
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
|
3844 const char *mods_end;
|
|
|
3845 unsigned tmp_keyval;
|
|
|
3846 unsigned tmp_state = 0;
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 mods_end = strrchr(str, '-');
|
|
|
3849 mods_end = (mods_end != NULL) ? mods_end + 1 : str;
|
|
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 /* Parse modifier keys */
|
|
|
3852 while (str < mods_end)
|
|
|
3853 switch (*str++)
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
|
3855 case '-': break;
|
|
|
3856 case 'S': case 's': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_SHIFT_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3857 case 'L': case 'l': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_LOCK_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3858 case 'C': case 'c': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_CONTROL_MASK;break;
|
|
|
3859 case '1': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD1_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3860 case '2': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD2_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3861 case '3': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD3_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3862 case '4': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD4_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3863 case '5': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD5_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3864 default:
|
|
|
3865 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 tmp_keyval = gdk_keyval_from_name(str);
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 if (tmp_keyval == 0 || tmp_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol)
|
|
|
3871 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 if (keyval != NULL)
|
|
|
3874 *keyval = tmp_keyval;
|
|
|
3875 if (state != NULL)
|
|
|
3876 *state = tmp_state;
|
|
|
3877
|
|
|
3878 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3879 }
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 /*
|
|
|
3882 * Return TRUE if p_imak is valid, otherwise FALSE. As a special case, an
|
|
|
3883 * empty string is also regarded as valid.
|
|
|
3884 *
|
|
|
3885 * Note: The numerical key value of p_imak is cached if it was valid; thus
|
|
|
3886 * boldly assuming im_xim_isvalid_imactivate() will always be called whenever
|
|
|
3887 * 'imak' changes. This is currently the case but not obvious -- should
|
|
|
3888 * probably rename the function for clarity.
|
|
|
3889 */
|
|
|
3890 int
|
|
|
3891 im_xim_isvalid_imactivate(void)
|
|
|
3892 {
|
|
|
3893 if (p_imak[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
|
|
|
3896 im_activatekey_state = 0;
|
|
|
3897 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 return im_string_to_keyval((const char *)p_imak,
|
|
|
3901 &im_activatekey_keyval,
|
|
|
3902 &im_activatekey_state);
|
|
|
3903 }
|
|
|
3904
|
|
|
3905 static void
|
|
|
3906 im_synthesize_keypress(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state)
|
|
|
3907 {
|
|
|
3908 GdkEventKey *event;
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
|
|
|
3911 event = (GdkEventKey *)gdk_event_new(GDK_KEY_PRESS);
|
|
|
3912 g_object_ref(gui.drawarea->window); /* unreffed by gdk_event_free() */
|
|
|
3913 # else
|
|
|
3914 event = (GdkEventKey *)g_malloc0((gulong)sizeof(GdkEvent));
|
|
|
3915 event->type = GDK_KEY_PRESS;
|
|
|
3916 # endif
|
|
|
3917 event->window = gui.drawarea->window;
|
|
|
3918 event->send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
3919 event->time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
|
|
|
3920 event->state = state;
|
|
|
3921 event->keyval = keyval;
|
|
|
3922 event->hardware_keycode = /* needed for XIM */
|
|
|
3923 XKeysymToKeycode(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(event->window), (KeySym)keyval);
|
|
|
3924 event->length = 0;
|
|
|
3925 event->string = NULL;
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 /* For consistency, also send the corresponding release event. */
|
|
|
3930 event->type = GDK_KEY_RELEASE;
|
|
|
3931 event->send_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
3932 gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
|
|
|
3935 gdk_event_free((GdkEvent *)event);
|
|
|
3936 # else
|
|
|
3937 g_free(event);
|
|
|
3938 # endif
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 void
|
|
|
3942 xim_reset(void)
|
|
|
3943 {
|
|
|
3944 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 /*
|
|
|
3947 * The third-party imhangul module (and maybe others too) ignores
|
|
|
3948 * gtk_im_context_reset() or at least doesn't reset the active state.
|
|
|
3949 * Thus sending imactivatekey would turn it off if it was on before,
|
|
|
3950 * which is clearly not what we want. Fortunately we can work around
|
|
|
3951 * that for imhangul by sending GDK_Escape, but I don't know if it
|
|
|
3952 * works with all IM modules that support an activation key :/
|
|
|
3953 *
|
|
|
3954 * An alternative approach would be to destroy the IM context and
|
|
|
3955 * recreate it. But that means loading/unloading the IM module on
|
|
|
3956 * every mode switch, which causes a quite noticable delay even on
|
|
|
3957 * my rather fast box...
|
|
|
3958 * *
|
|
|
3959 * Moreover, there are some XIM which cannot respond to
|
|
|
3960 * im_synthesize_keypress(). we hope that they reset by
|
|
|
3961 * xim_shutdown().
|
|
|
3962 */
|
|
|
3963 if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol && im_is_active)
|
|
|
3964 im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Escape, 0U);
|
|
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 gtk_im_context_reset(xic);
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 /*
|
|
|
3969 * HACK for Ami: This sequence of function calls makes Ami handle
|
|
|
3970 * the IM reset gratiously, without breaking loads of other stuff.
|
|
|
3971 * It seems to force English mode as well, which is exactly what we
|
|
|
3972 * want because it makes the Ami status display work reliably.
|
|
|
3973 */
|
|
|
3974 gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, FALSE);
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 if (p_imdisable)
|
|
|
3977 im_shutdown();
|
|
|
3978 else
|
|
|
3979 {
|
|
|
3980 gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, TRUE);
|
|
|
3981 xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus);
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 if (im_is_active)
|
|
|
3986 {
|
|
|
3987 g_signal_handler_block(xic, im_commit_handler_id);
|
|
|
3988 im_synthesize_keypress(im_activatekey_keyval,
|
|
|
3989 im_activatekey_state);
|
|
|
3990 g_signal_handler_unblock(xic, im_commit_handler_id);
|
|
|
3991 }
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993 else
|
|
|
3994 {
|
|
|
3995 im_shutdown();
|
|
|
3996 xim_init();
|
|
|
3997 xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus);
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999 }
|
|
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
4003 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005
|
|
|
4006 int
|
|
|
4007 xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
|
|
|
4008 {
|
|
|
4009 if (down)
|
|
|
4010 {
|
|
|
4011 /*
|
|
|
4012 * Workaround GTK2 XIM 'feature' that always converts keypad keys to
|
|
|
4013 * chars., even when not part of an IM sequence (ref. feature of
|
|
|
4014 * gdk/gdkkeyuni.c).
|
|
|
4015 * Flag any keypad keys that might represent a single char.
|
|
|
4016 * If this (on its own - i.e., not part of an IM sequence) is
|
|
|
4017 * committed while we're processing one of these keys, we can ignore
|
|
|
4018 * that commit and go ahead & process it ourselves. That way we can
|
|
|
4019 * still distinguish keypad keys for use in mappings.
|
|
|
4020 */
|
|
|
4021 switch (event->keyval)
|
|
|
4022 {
|
|
|
4023 case GDK_KP_Add: xim_expected_char = '+'; break;
|
|
|
4024 case GDK_KP_Subtract: xim_expected_char = '-'; break;
|
|
|
4025 case GDK_KP_Divide: xim_expected_char = '/'; break;
|
|
|
4026 case GDK_KP_Multiply: xim_expected_char = '*'; break;
|
|
|
4027 case GDK_KP_Decimal: xim_expected_char = '.'; break;
|
|
|
4028 case GDK_KP_Equal: xim_expected_char = '='; break;
|
|
|
4029 case GDK_KP_0: xim_expected_char = '0'; break;
|
|
|
4030 case GDK_KP_1: xim_expected_char = '1'; break;
|
|
|
4031 case GDK_KP_2: xim_expected_char = '2'; break;
|
|
|
4032 case GDK_KP_3: xim_expected_char = '3'; break;
|
|
|
4033 case GDK_KP_4: xim_expected_char = '4'; break;
|
|
|
4034 case GDK_KP_5: xim_expected_char = '5'; break;
|
|
|
4035 case GDK_KP_6: xim_expected_char = '6'; break;
|
|
|
4036 case GDK_KP_7: xim_expected_char = '7'; break;
|
|
|
4037 case GDK_KP_8: xim_expected_char = '8'; break;
|
|
|
4038 case GDK_KP_9: xim_expected_char = '9'; break;
|
|
|
4039 default: xim_expected_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4040 }
|
|
|
4041 xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 /*
|
|
|
4045 * When typing fFtT, XIM may be activated. Thus it must pass
|
|
|
4046 * gtk_im_context_filter_keypress() in Normal mode.
|
|
|
4047 * And while doing :sh too.
|
|
|
4048 */
|
|
|
4049 if (xic != NULL && !p_imdisable
|
|
|
4050 && (State & (INSERT | CMDLINE | NORMAL | EXTERNCMD)) != 0)
|
|
|
4051 {
|
|
|
4052 /*
|
|
|
4053 * Filter 'imactivatekey' and map it to CTRL-^. This way, Vim is
|
|
|
4054 * always aware of the current status of IM, and can even emulate
|
|
|
4055 * the activation key for modules that don't support one.
|
|
|
4056 */
|
|
|
4057 if (event->keyval == im_activatekey_keyval
|
|
|
4058 && (event->state & im_activatekey_state) == im_activatekey_state)
|
|
|
4059 {
|
|
|
4060 unsigned int state_mask;
|
|
|
4061
|
|
|
4062 /* Require the state of the 3 most used modifiers to match exactly.
|
|
|
4063 * Otherwise e.g. <S-C-space> would be unusable for other purposes
|
|
|
4064 * if the IM activate key is <S-space>. */
|
|
|
4065 state_mask = im_activatekey_state;
|
|
|
4066 state_mask |= ((int)GDK_SHIFT_MASK | (int)GDK_CONTROL_MASK
|
|
|
4067 | (int)GDK_MOD1_MASK);
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 if ((event->state & state_mask) != im_activatekey_state)
|
|
|
4070 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 /* Don't send it a second time on GDK_KEY_RELEASE. */
|
|
|
4073 if (event->type != GDK_KEY_PRESS)
|
|
|
4074 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
4076 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
4077 {
|
|
|
4078 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, toggle use of mappings. */
|
|
|
4081 State ^= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
4082 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
4085 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
4086 }
|
|
|
4087 else
|
|
|
4088 {
|
|
|
4089 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
4090 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
4091 }
|
|
|
4092 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4093 }
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 return gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
4096 }
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 /* Don't filter events through the IM context if IM isn't active
|
|
|
4099 * right now. Unlike with GTK+ 1.2 we cannot rely on the IM module
|
|
|
4100 * not doing anything before the activation key was sent. */
|
|
|
4101 if (im_activatekey_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol || im_is_active)
|
|
|
4102 {
|
|
|
4103 int imresult = gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
4104
|
|
|
4105 /* Some XIM send following sequence:
|
|
|
4106 * 1. preedited string.
|
|
|
4107 * 2. committed string.
|
|
|
4108 * 3. line changed key.
|
|
|
4109 * 4. preedited string.
|
|
|
4110 * 5. remove preedited string.
|
|
|
4111 * if 3, Vim can't move back the above line for 5.
|
|
|
4112 * thus, this part should not parse the key. */
|
|
|
4113 if (!imresult && preedit_start_col != MAXCOL
|
|
|
4114 && event->keyval == GDK_Return)
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
|
4116 im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Return, 0U);
|
|
|
4117 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4118 }
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 /* If XIM tried to commit a keypad key as a single char.,
|
|
|
4121 * ignore it so we can use the keypad key 'raw', for mappings. */
|
|
|
4122 if (xim_expected_char != NUL && xim_ignored_char)
|
|
|
4123 /* We had a keypad key, and XIM tried to thieve it */
|
|
|
4124 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4125
|
|
|
4126 /* Normal processing */
|
|
|
4127 return imresult;
|
|
|
4128 }
|
|
|
4129 }
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4132 }
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 int
|
|
|
4135 im_get_status(void)
|
|
|
4136 {
|
|
|
4137 return im_is_active;
|
|
|
4138 }
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 # else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 static int xim_is_active = FALSE; /* XIM should be active in the current
|
|
|
4143 mode */
|
|
|
4144 static int xim_has_focus = FALSE; /* XIM is really being used for Vim */
|
|
|
4145 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
4146 static XIMStyle input_style;
|
|
|
4147 static int status_area_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
4148 #endif
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4151 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
4152 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
|
|
|
4153 # else
|
|
|
4154 # include <gdk/gdkx.h>
|
|
|
4155 # endif
|
|
|
4156 #else
|
|
|
4157 # ifdef PROTO
|
|
|
4158 /* Define a few things to be able to generate prototypes while not configured
|
|
|
4159 * for GTK. */
|
|
|
4160 # define GSList int
|
|
|
4161 # define gboolean int
|
|
|
4162 typedef int GdkEvent;
|
|
|
4163 typedef int GdkEventKey;
|
|
|
4164 # define GdkIC int
|
|
|
4165 # endif
|
|
|
4166 #endif
|
|
|
4167
|
|
11
|
4168 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4169 static int preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
4170 static int xim_can_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* XIM in showmode() */
|
|
|
4171 static int xim_input_style;
|
|
|
4172 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4173 # define gboolean int
|
|
|
4174 #endif
|
|
|
4175 static gboolean use_status_area = 0;
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 static int im_xim_str2keycode __ARGS((unsigned int *code, unsigned int *state));
|
|
|
4178 static void im_xim_send_event_imactivate __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4179
|
|
|
4180 /*
|
|
|
4181 * Convert string to keycode and state for XKeyEvent.
|
|
|
4182 * When string is valid return OK, when invalid return FAIL.
|
|
|
4183 *
|
|
|
4184 * See 'imactivatekey' documentation for the format.
|
|
|
4185 */
|
|
|
4186 static int
|
|
|
4187 im_xim_str2keycode(code, state)
|
|
|
4188 unsigned int *code;
|
|
|
4189 unsigned int *state;
|
|
|
4190 {
|
|
|
4191 int retval = OK;
|
|
|
4192 int len;
|
|
|
4193 unsigned keycode = 0, keystate = 0;
|
|
|
4194 Window window;
|
|
|
4195 Display *display;
|
|
|
4196 char_u *flag_end;
|
|
|
4197 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 if (*p_imak != NUL)
|
|
|
4200 {
|
|
|
4201 len = STRLEN(p_imak);
|
|
|
4202 for (flag_end = p_imak + len - 1;
|
|
|
4203 flag_end > p_imak && *flag_end != '-'; --flag_end)
|
|
|
4204 ;
|
|
|
4205
|
|
|
4206 /* Parse modifier keys */
|
|
|
4207 for (str = p_imak; str < flag_end; ++str)
|
|
|
4208 {
|
|
|
4209 switch (*str)
|
|
|
4210 {
|
|
|
4211 case 's': case 'S':
|
|
|
4212 keystate |= ShiftMask;
|
|
|
4213 break;
|
|
|
4214 case 'l': case 'L':
|
|
|
4215 keystate |= LockMask;
|
|
|
4216 break;
|
|
|
4217 case 'c': case 'C':
|
|
|
4218 keystate |= ControlMask;
|
|
|
4219 break;
|
|
|
4220 case '1':
|
|
|
4221 keystate |= Mod1Mask;
|
|
|
4222 break;
|
|
|
4223 case '2':
|
|
|
4224 keystate |= Mod2Mask;
|
|
|
4225 break;
|
|
|
4226 case '3':
|
|
|
4227 keystate |= Mod3Mask;
|
|
|
4228 break;
|
|
|
4229 case '4':
|
|
|
4230 keystate |= Mod4Mask;
|
|
|
4231 break;
|
|
|
4232 case '5':
|
|
|
4233 keystate |= Mod5Mask;
|
|
|
4234 break;
|
|
|
4235 case '-':
|
|
|
4236 break;
|
|
|
4237 default:
|
|
|
4238 retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
4239 }
|
|
|
4240 }
|
|
|
4241 if (*str == '-')
|
|
|
4242 ++str;
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 /* Get keycode from string. */
|
|
|
4245 gui_get_x11_windis(&window, &display);
|
|
|
4246 if (display)
|
|
|
4247 keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(display, XStringToKeysym((char *)str));
|
|
|
4248 if (keycode == 0)
|
|
|
4249 retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 if (code != NULL)
|
|
|
4252 *code = keycode;
|
|
|
4253 if (state != NULL)
|
|
|
4254 *state = keystate;
|
|
|
4255 }
|
|
|
4256 return retval;
|
|
|
4257 }
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 static void
|
|
|
4260 im_xim_send_event_imactivate()
|
|
|
4261 {
|
|
|
4262 /* Force turn on preedit state by symulate keypress event.
|
|
|
4263 * Keycode and state is specified by 'imactivatekey'.
|
|
|
4264 */
|
|
|
4265 XKeyEvent ev;
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 gui_get_x11_windis(&ev.window, &ev.display);
|
|
|
4268 ev.root = RootWindow(ev.display, DefaultScreen(ev.display));
|
|
|
4269 ev.subwindow = None;
|
|
|
4270 ev.time = CurrentTime;
|
|
|
4271 ev.x = 1;
|
|
|
4272 ev.y = 1;
|
|
|
4273 ev.x_root = 1;
|
|
|
4274 ev.y_root = 1;
|
|
|
4275 ev.same_screen = 1;
|
|
|
4276 ev.type = KeyPress;
|
|
|
4277 if (im_xim_str2keycode(&ev.keycode, &ev.state) == OK)
|
|
|
4278 XSendEvent(ev.display, ev.window, 1, KeyPressMask, (XEvent*)&ev);
|
|
|
4279 }
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 /*
|
|
|
4282 * Return TRUE if 'imactivatekey' has a valid value.
|
|
|
4283 */
|
|
|
4284 int
|
|
|
4285 im_xim_isvalid_imactivate()
|
|
|
4286 {
|
|
|
4287 return im_xim_str2keycode(NULL, NULL) == OK;
|
|
|
4288 }
|
|
|
4289 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
4290
|
|
|
4291 /*
|
|
|
4292 * Switch using XIM on/off. This is used by the code that changes "State".
|
|
|
4293 */
|
|
|
4294 void
|
|
|
4295 im_set_active(active)
|
|
|
4296 int active;
|
|
|
4297 {
|
|
|
4298 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4299 return;
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 /* If 'imdisable' is set, XIM is never active. */
|
|
|
4302 if (p_imdisable)
|
|
|
4303 active = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
4304 #if !defined (FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined (FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4305 else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
|
|
|
4306 /* There is a problem in switching XIM off when preediting is used,
|
|
|
4307 * and it is not clear how this can be solved. For now, keep XIM on
|
|
|
4308 * all the time, like it was done in Vim 5.8. */
|
|
|
4309 active = TRUE;
|
|
|
4310 #endif
|
|
|
4311
|
|
|
4312 /* Remember the active state, it is needed when Vim gets keyboard focus. */
|
|
|
4313 xim_is_active = active;
|
|
|
4314
|
|
|
4315 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4316 /* When 'imactivatekey' has valid key-string, try to control XIM preedit
|
|
|
4317 * state. When 'imactivatekey' has no or invalid string, try old XIM
|
|
|
4318 * focus control.
|
|
|
4319 */
|
|
|
4320 if (*p_imak != NUL)
|
|
|
4321 {
|
|
|
4322 /* BASIC STRATEGY:
|
|
|
4323 * Destroy old Input Context (XIC), and create new one. New XIC
|
|
|
4324 * would have a state of preedit that is off. When argument:active
|
|
|
4325 * is false, that's all. Else argument:active is true, send a key
|
|
|
4326 * event specified by 'imactivatekey' to activate XIM preedit state.
|
|
|
4327 */
|
|
|
4328
|
|
|
4329 xim_is_active = TRUE; /* Disable old XIM focus control */
|
|
|
4330 /* If we can monitor preedit state with preedit callback functions,
|
|
|
4331 * try least creation of new XIC.
|
|
|
4332 */
|
|
|
4333 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
4334 {
|
|
|
4335 if (xim_can_preediting && !active)
|
|
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 /* Force turn off preedit state. With some IM
|
|
|
4338 * implementations, we cannot turn off preedit state by
|
|
|
4339 * symulate keypress event. It is why using such a method
|
|
|
4340 * that destroy old IC (input context), and create new one.
|
|
|
4341 * When create new IC, its preedit state is usually off.
|
|
|
4342 */
|
|
|
4343 xim_reset();
|
|
|
4344 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4345 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
4346 xim_init();
|
|
|
4347 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4348 }
|
|
|
4349 else if (!xim_can_preediting && active)
|
|
|
4350 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4351 }
|
|
|
4352 else
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It
|
|
|
4355 * symulates "turning off preedit state".
|
|
|
4356 */
|
|
|
4357 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4358 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
4359 xim_init();
|
|
|
4360 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending
|
|
|
4363 * the event.
|
|
|
4364 */
|
|
|
4365 if (active)
|
|
|
4366 {
|
|
|
4367 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4368 xim_can_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372 else
|
|
|
4373 {
|
|
|
4374 # ifndef XIMPreeditUnKnown
|
|
|
4375 /* X11R5 doesn't have these, it looks safe enough to define here. */
|
|
|
4376 typedef unsigned long XIMPreeditState;
|
|
|
4377 # define XIMPreeditUnKnown 0L
|
|
|
4378 # define XIMPreeditEnable 1L
|
|
|
4379 # define XIMPreeditDisable (1L<<1)
|
|
|
4380 # define XNPreeditState "preeditState"
|
|
|
4381 # endif
|
|
|
4382 XIMPreeditState preedit_state = XIMPreeditUnKnown;
|
|
|
4383 XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
|
|
|
4384 XIC pxic;
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4387 XNPreeditState, &preedit_state,
|
|
|
4388 NULL);
|
|
|
4389 pxic = ((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 if (!XGetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL))
|
|
|
4392 {
|
|
|
4393 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
4394 preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4395 XNPreeditState,
|
|
|
4396 active ? XIMPreeditEnable : XIMPreeditDisable,
|
|
|
4397 NULL);
|
|
|
4398 XSetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL);
|
|
|
4399 xim_can_preediting = active;
|
|
|
4400 xim_is_active = active;
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
4403 }
|
|
|
4404 if (xim_input_style & XIMPreeditCallbacks)
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
4407 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409 #else
|
|
|
4410 # if 0
|
|
|
4411 /* When had tested kinput2 + canna + Athena GUI version with
|
|
|
4412 * 'imactivatekey' is "s-space", im_xim_send_event_imactivate() did not
|
|
|
4413 * work correctly. It just inserted one space. I don't know why we
|
|
|
4414 * couldn't switch state of XIM preediting. This is reason why these
|
|
|
4415 * codes are commented out.
|
|
|
4416 */
|
|
|
4417 /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It symulates
|
|
|
4418 * "turning off preedit state".
|
|
|
4419 */
|
|
|
4420 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4421 XDestroyIC(xic);
|
|
|
4422 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4423 xim_init();
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending the
|
|
|
4426 * event.
|
|
|
4427 */
|
|
|
4428 if (active)
|
|
|
4429 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4430 # endif
|
|
|
4431 #endif
|
|
|
4432 xim_set_preedit();
|
|
|
4433 }
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435 /*
|
|
|
4436 * Adjust using XIM for gaining or losing keyboard focus. Also called when
|
|
|
4437 * "xim_is_active" changes.
|
|
|
4438 */
|
|
|
4439 void
|
|
|
4440 xim_set_focus(focus)
|
|
|
4441 int focus;
|
|
|
4442 {
|
|
|
4443 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4444 return;
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 /*
|
|
|
4447 * XIM only gets focus when the Vim window has keyboard focus and XIM has
|
|
|
4448 * been set active for the current mode.
|
|
|
4449 */
|
|
|
4450 if (focus && xim_is_active)
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4453 {
|
|
|
4454 xim_has_focus = TRUE;
|
|
|
4455 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4456 gdk_im_begin(xic, gui.drawarea->window);
|
|
|
4457 #else
|
|
|
4458 XSetICFocus(xic);
|
|
|
4459 #endif
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461 }
|
|
|
4462 else
|
|
|
4463 {
|
|
|
4464 if (xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 xim_has_focus = FALSE;
|
|
|
4467 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4468 gdk_im_end();
|
|
|
4469 #else
|
|
|
4470 XUnsetICFocus(xic);
|
|
|
4471 #endif
|
|
|
4472 }
|
|
|
4473 }
|
|
|
4474 }
|
|
|
4475
|
|
42
|
4476 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
7
|
4477 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4478 void
|
|
|
4479 im_set_position(row, col)
|
|
|
4480 int row;
|
|
|
4481 int col;
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 xim_set_preedit();
|
|
|
4484 }
|
|
42
|
4485 #endif
|
|
7
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 /*
|
|
|
4488 * Set the XIM to the current cursor position.
|
|
|
4489 */
|
|
|
4490 void
|
|
|
4491 xim_set_preedit()
|
|
|
4492 {
|
|
|
4493 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4494 return;
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 xim_set_focus(TRUE);
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4499 if (gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
4500 {
|
|
|
4501 int attrmask;
|
|
|
4502 GdkICAttr *attr;
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 if (!xic_attr)
|
|
|
4505 return;
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
4508 attrmask = 0;
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
4511 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION)
|
|
|
4512 && gui.fontset != NOFONTSET
|
|
|
4513 && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
4514 {
|
|
|
4515 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4516 {
|
|
|
4517 if (attr->spot_location.y >= 0)
|
|
|
4518 {
|
|
|
4519 attr->spot_location.x = 0;
|
|
|
4520 attr->spot_location.y = -100;
|
|
|
4521 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION;
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524 else
|
|
|
4525 {
|
|
|
4526 gint width, height;
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 if (attr->spot_location.x != TEXT_X(gui.col)
|
|
|
4529 || attr->spot_location.y != TEXT_Y(gui.row))
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4532 attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4533 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION;
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 gdk_window_get_size(gui.drawarea->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
4537 width -= 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4538 height -= 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4539 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
4540 height -= gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4541 if (attr->preedit_area.width != width
|
|
|
4542 || attr->preedit_area.height != height)
|
|
|
4543 {
|
|
|
4544 attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4545 attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4546 attr->preedit_area.width = width;
|
|
|
4547 attr->preedit_area.height = height;
|
|
|
4548 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA;
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 if (attr->preedit_fontset != gui.current_font)
|
|
|
4552 {
|
|
|
4553 attr->preedit_fontset = gui.current_font;
|
|
|
4554 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FONTSET;
|
|
|
4555 }
|
|
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557 }
|
|
|
4558 # endif /* FEAT_XFONTSET */
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
4563 xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
4564 }
|
|
|
4565 if (attr->preedit_foreground.pixel != xim_fg_color)
|
|
|
4566 {
|
|
|
4567 attr->preedit_foreground.pixel = xim_fg_color;
|
|
|
4568 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND;
|
|
|
4569 }
|
|
|
4570 if (attr->preedit_background.pixel != xim_bg_color)
|
|
|
4571 {
|
|
|
4572 attr->preedit_background.pixel = xim_bg_color;
|
|
|
4573 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND;
|
|
|
4574 }
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 if (attrmask != 0)
|
|
|
4577 gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579 #else /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
11
|
4580 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
4581 # else
|
|
7
|
4582 {
|
|
|
4583 XVaNestedList attr_list;
|
|
|
4584 XRectangle spot_area;
|
|
|
4585 XPoint over_spot;
|
|
|
4586 int line_space;
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 /* hide XIM cursor */
|
|
|
4591 over_spot.x = 0;
|
|
|
4592 over_spot.y = -100; /* arbitrary invisible position */
|
|
|
4593 attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4594 XNSpotLocation,
|
|
|
4595 &over_spot,
|
|
|
4596 NULL);
|
|
|
4597 XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4598 XFree(attr_list);
|
|
|
4599 return;
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601
|
|
|
4602 if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
|
|
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
4605 {
|
|
|
4606 xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
4607 xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
4608 }
|
|
|
4609 over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4610 over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4611 spot_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4612 spot_area.y = 0;
|
|
|
4613 spot_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows;
|
|
|
4614 spot_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4615 line_space = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4616 attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4617 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4618 XNForeground, (Pixel) xim_fg_color,
|
|
|
4619 XNBackground, (Pixel) xim_bg_color,
|
|
|
4620 XNArea, &spot_area,
|
|
|
4621 XNLineSpace, line_space,
|
|
|
4622 NULL);
|
|
|
4623 if (XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL))
|
|
|
4624 EMSG(_("E284: Cannot set IC values"));
|
|
|
4625 XFree(attr_list);
|
|
|
4626 }
|
|
|
4627 }
|
|
11
|
4628 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */
|
|
7
|
4629 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
4630 }
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 /*
|
|
|
4633 * Set up the status area.
|
|
|
4634 *
|
|
|
4635 * This should use a separate Widget, but that seems not possible, because
|
|
|
4636 * preedit_area and status_area should be set to the same window as for the
|
|
|
4637 * text input. Unfortunately this means the status area pollutes the text
|
|
|
4638 * window...
|
|
|
4639 */
|
|
|
4640 void
|
|
|
4641 xim_set_status_area()
|
|
|
4642 {
|
|
|
4643 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4644 return;
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4647 # if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET)
|
|
|
4648 if (use_status_area)
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 GdkICAttr *attr;
|
|
|
4651 int style;
|
|
|
4652 gint width, height;
|
|
|
4653 GtkWidget *widget;
|
|
|
4654 int attrmask;
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 if (!xic_attr)
|
|
|
4657 return;
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
4660 attrmask = 0;
|
|
|
4661 style = (int)gdk_ic_get_style(xic);
|
|
|
4662 if ((style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK) == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
4663 {
|
|
|
4664 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET
|
|
|
4665 && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
4666 {
|
|
|
4667 widget = gui.mainwin;
|
|
|
4668 gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
4669
|
|
|
4670 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA;
|
|
|
4671 attr->status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4672 attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1;
|
|
|
4673 attr->status_area.width = width;
|
|
|
4674 attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4675 }
|
|
|
4676 }
|
|
|
4677 if (attrmask != 0)
|
|
|
4678 gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
4679 }
|
|
|
4680 # endif
|
|
|
4681 #else
|
|
11
|
4682 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
4683 # else
|
|
7
|
4684 {
|
|
|
4685 XVaNestedList preedit_list = 0, status_list = 0, list = 0;
|
|
|
4686 XRectangle pre_area, status_area;
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 if (input_style & XIMStatusArea)
|
|
|
4689 {
|
|
|
4690 if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea)
|
|
|
4691 {
|
|
|
4692 XRectangle *needed_rect;
|
|
|
4693
|
|
|
4694 /* to get status_area width */
|
|
|
4695 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNAreaNeeded,
|
|
|
4696 &needed_rect, NULL);
|
|
|
4697 XGetICValues(xic, XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4698 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4699
|
|
|
4700 status_area.width = needed_rect->width;
|
|
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702 else
|
|
|
4703 status_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4706 status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4707 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4708 status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4709 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4710 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4711 status_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4712 #endif
|
|
|
4713 status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4714 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &status_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4715 }
|
|
|
4716 else
|
|
|
4717 {
|
|
|
4718 status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4719 status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4720 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4721 status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4722 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4723 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4724 status_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4725 #endif
|
|
|
4726 status_area.width = 0;
|
|
|
4727 status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea) /* off-the-spot */
|
|
|
4731 {
|
|
|
4732 pre_area.x = status_area.x + status_area.width;
|
|
|
4733 pre_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4734 pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns - pre_area.x;
|
|
|
4735 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4736 pre_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4737 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4738 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4739 pre_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4740 #endif
|
|
|
4741 pre_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4742 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744 else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition) /* over-the-spot */
|
|
|
4745 {
|
|
|
4746 pre_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4747 pre_area.y = 0;
|
|
|
4748 pre_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows;
|
|
|
4749 pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4750 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4751 }
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 if (preedit_list && status_list)
|
|
|
4754 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4755 XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4756 else if (preedit_list)
|
|
|
4757 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4758 NULL);
|
|
|
4759 else if (status_list)
|
|
|
4760 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNStatusAttributes, status_list,
|
|
|
4761 NULL);
|
|
|
4762 else
|
|
|
4763 list = NULL;
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 if (list)
|
|
|
4766 {
|
|
|
4767 XSetICValues(xic, XNVaNestedList, list, NULL);
|
|
|
4768 XFree(list);
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770 if (status_list)
|
|
|
4771 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4772 if (preedit_list)
|
|
|
4773 XFree(preedit_list);
|
|
|
4774 }
|
|
11
|
4775 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */
|
|
7
|
4776 #endif
|
|
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778
|
|
42
|
4779 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4780 static char e_xim[] = N_("E285: Failed to create input context");
|
|
|
4781 #endif
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4784 # if defined(XtSpecificationRelease) && XtSpecificationRelease >= 6 && !defined(sun)
|
|
|
4785 # define USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4786 # endif
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 static int xim_real_init __ARGS((Window x11_window, Display *x11_display));
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4792 static void xim_instantiate_cb __ARGS((Display *display, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data));
|
|
|
4793 static void xim_destroy_cb __ARGS((XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data));
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4796 static void
|
|
|
4797 xim_instantiate_cb(display, client_data, call_data)
|
|
|
4798 Display *display;
|
|
|
4799 XPointer client_data;
|
|
|
4800 XPointer call_data;
|
|
|
4801 {
|
|
|
4802 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4803 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4804
|
|
|
4805 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4806 xim_log("xim_instantiate_cb()\n");
|
|
|
4807 #endif
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4810 if (display != x11_display)
|
|
|
4811 return;
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display);
|
|
|
4814 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4815 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4816 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4817 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4818 }
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4821 static void
|
|
|
4822 xim_destroy_cb(im, client_data, call_data)
|
|
|
4823 XIM im;
|
|
|
4824 XPointer client_data;
|
|
|
4825 XPointer call_data;
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4828 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4831 xim_log("xim_destroy_cb()\n");
|
|
|
4832 #endif
|
|
|
4833 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4834
|
|
|
4835 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4836 status_area_enabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4837
|
|
|
4838 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4841 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843 #endif
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 void
|
|
|
4846 xim_init()
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
|
4848 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4849 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4852 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
4853 #endif
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 if (xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display))
|
|
|
4860 return;
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4863
|
|
|
4864 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4865 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4866 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4867 #endif
|
|
|
4868 }
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 static int
|
|
|
4871 xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display)
|
|
|
4872 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4873 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4874 {
|
|
|
4875 int i;
|
|
|
4876 char *p,
|
|
|
4877 *s,
|
|
|
4878 *ns,
|
|
|
4879 *end,
|
|
|
4880 tmp[1024];
|
|
|
4881 #define IMLEN_MAX 40
|
|
|
4882 char buf[IMLEN_MAX + 7];
|
|
|
4883 XIM xim = NULL;
|
|
|
4884 XIMStyles *xim_styles;
|
|
|
4885 XIMStyle this_input_style = 0;
|
|
|
4886 Boolean found;
|
|
|
4887 XPoint over_spot;
|
|
|
4888 XVaNestedList preedit_list, status_list;
|
|
|
4889
|
|
|
4890 input_style = 0;
|
|
|
4891 status_area_enabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4894 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 if (gui.rsrc_input_method != NULL && *gui.rsrc_input_method != NUL)
|
|
|
4897 {
|
|
|
4898 strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_input_method);
|
|
|
4899 for (ns = s = tmp; ns != NULL && *s != NUL;)
|
|
|
4900 {
|
|
|
4901 s = (char *)skipwhite((char_u *)s);
|
|
|
4902 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
4903 break;
|
|
|
4904 if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) == NULL)
|
|
|
4905 end = s + strlen(s);
|
|
|
4906 while (isspace(((char_u *)end)[-1]))
|
|
|
4907 end--;
|
|
|
4908 *end = NUL;
|
|
|
4909
|
|
|
4910 if (strlen(s) <= IMLEN_MAX)
|
|
|
4911 {
|
|
|
4912 strcpy(buf, "@im=");
|
|
|
4913 strcat(buf, s);
|
|
|
4914 if ((p = XSetLocaleModifiers(buf)) != NULL && *p != NUL
|
|
|
4915 && (xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
4916 != NULL)
|
|
|
4917 break;
|
|
|
4918 }
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 s = ns + 1;
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("")) != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
4925 xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4926
|
|
|
4927 /* This is supposed to be useful to obtain characters through
|
|
|
4928 * XmbLookupString() without really using a XIM. */
|
|
|
4929 if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("@im=none")) != NULL
|
|
|
4930 && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
4931 xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 if (xim == NULL)
|
|
|
4934 {
|
|
|
4935 /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
|
|
|
4936 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
|
|
|
4937 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
4938 {
|
|
|
4939 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
4940 EMSG(_("E286: Failed to open input method"));
|
|
292
|
4941 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
4942 }
|
|
7
|
4943 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4944 }
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 XIMCallback destroy_cb;
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 destroy_cb.callback = xim_destroy_cb;
|
|
|
4951 destroy_cb.client_data = NULL;
|
|
|
4952 if (XSetIMValues(xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy_cb, NULL))
|
|
|
4953 EMSG(_("E287: Warning: Could not set destroy callback to IM"));
|
|
|
4954 }
|
|
|
4955 #endif
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 if (XGetIMValues(xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &xim_styles, NULL) || !xim_styles)
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 EMSG(_("E288: input method doesn't support any style"));
|
|
|
4960 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
4961 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4962 }
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 found = False;
|
|
|
4965 strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_preedit_type_name);
|
|
|
4966 for (s = tmp; s && !found; )
|
|
|
4967 {
|
|
|
4968 while (*s && isspace((unsigned char)*s))
|
|
|
4969 s++;
|
|
|
4970 if (!*s)
|
|
|
4971 break;
|
|
|
4972 if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) != 0)
|
|
|
4973 ns++;
|
|
|
4974 else
|
|
|
4975 end = s + strlen(s);
|
|
|
4976 while (isspace((unsigned char)*end))
|
|
|
4977 end--;
|
|
|
4978 *end = '\0';
|
|
|
4979
|
|
|
4980 if (!strcmp(s, "OverTheSpot"))
|
|
|
4981 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea);
|
|
|
4982 else if (!strcmp(s, "OffTheSpot"))
|
|
|
4983 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditArea | XIMStatusArea);
|
|
|
4984 else if (!strcmp(s, "Root"))
|
|
|
4985 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing);
|
|
|
4986
|
|
|
4987 for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++)
|
|
|
4988 {
|
|
|
4989 if (this_input_style == xim_styles->supported_styles[i])
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 found = True;
|
|
|
4992 break;
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
|
4995 if (!found)
|
|
|
4996 for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++)
|
|
|
4997 {
|
|
|
4998 if ((xim_styles->supported_styles[i] & this_input_style)
|
|
|
4999 == (this_input_style & ~XIMStatusArea))
|
|
|
5000 {
|
|
|
5001 this_input_style &= ~XIMStatusArea;
|
|
|
5002 found = True;
|
|
|
5003 break;
|
|
|
5004 }
|
|
|
5005 }
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 s = ns;
|
|
|
5008 }
|
|
|
5009 XFree(xim_styles);
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 if (!found)
|
|
|
5012 {
|
|
|
5013 /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
|
|
|
5014 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
|
|
|
5015 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
5016 {
|
|
|
5017 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
5018 EMSG(_("E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type"));
|
|
292
|
5019 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
5020 }
|
|
7
|
5021 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
5022 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
5026 over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
5027 input_style = this_input_style;
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 /* A crash was reported when trying to pass gui.norm_font as XNFontSet,
|
|
|
5030 * thus that has been removed. Hopefully the default works... */
|
|
|
5031 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5032 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
5033 {
|
|
|
5034 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
5035 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
5036 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
5037 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
5038 XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset,
|
|
|
5039 NULL);
|
|
|
5040 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
5041 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
5042 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
5043 XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset,
|
|
|
5044 NULL);
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
|
5046 else
|
|
|
5047 #endif
|
|
|
5048 {
|
|
|
5049 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
5050 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
5051 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
5052 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
5053 NULL);
|
|
|
5054 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
5055 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
5056 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
5057 NULL);
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 xic = XCreateIC(xim,
|
|
|
5061 XNInputStyle, input_style,
|
|
|
5062 XNClientWindow, x11_window,
|
|
|
5063 XNFocusWindow, gui.wid,
|
|
|
5064 XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
5065 XNStatusAttributes, status_list,
|
|
|
5066 NULL);
|
|
|
5067 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
5068 XFree(preedit_list);
|
|
|
5069 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5070 {
|
|
|
5071 if (input_style & XIMStatusArea)
|
|
|
5072 {
|
|
|
5073 xim_set_status_area();
|
|
|
5074 status_area_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
5075 }
|
|
|
5076 else
|
|
|
5077 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5078 }
|
|
|
5079 else
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 EMSG(_(e_xim));
|
|
|
5082 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
5083 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5084 }
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5087 }
|
|
|
5088
|
|
|
5089 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_X11 */
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5094 static char e_overthespot[] = N_("E290: over-the-spot style requires fontset");
|
|
|
5095 # endif
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 # ifdef PROTO
|
|
|
5098 typedef int GdkIC;
|
|
|
5099 # endif
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 void
|
|
|
5102 xim_decide_input_style()
|
|
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 /* GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS was disabled, enabled it to allow Japanese
|
|
|
5105 * OverTheSpot. */
|
|
|
5106 int supported_style = (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE |
|
|
|
5107 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING |
|
|
|
5108 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION |
|
|
|
5109 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS |
|
|
|
5110 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS |
|
|
|
5111 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA |
|
|
|
5112 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE |
|
|
|
5113 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5116 xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n");
|
|
|
5117 #endif
|
|
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 if (!gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
5120 xim_input_style = 0;
|
|
|
5121 else
|
|
|
5122 {
|
|
|
5123 if (gtk_major_version > 1
|
|
|
5124 || (gtk_major_version == 1
|
|
|
5125 && (gtk_minor_version > 2
|
|
|
5126 || (gtk_minor_version == 2 && gtk_micro_version >= 3))))
|
|
|
5127 use_status_area = TRUE;
|
|
|
5128 else
|
|
|
5129 {
|
|
|
5130 EMSG(_("E291: Your GTK+ is older than 1.2.3. Status area disabled"));
|
|
|
5131 use_status_area = FALSE;
|
|
|
5132 }
|
|
|
5133 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5134 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5135 #endif
|
|
|
5136 supported_style &= ~((int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION
|
|
|
5137 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA);
|
|
|
5138 if (!use_status_area)
|
|
|
5139 supported_style &= ~(int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA;
|
|
|
5140 xim_input_style = (int)gdk_im_decide_style((GdkIMStyle)supported_style);
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142 }
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5145 static void
|
|
|
5146 preedit_start_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5147 {
|
|
|
5148 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5149 xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n");
|
|
|
5150 #endif
|
|
|
5151
|
|
|
5152 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5153 xim_can_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
5154 xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
5155 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5156 if (showmode() > 0)
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 setcursor();
|
|
|
5159 out_flush();
|
|
|
5160 }
|
|
|
5161 }
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 static void
|
|
|
5164 xim_back_delete(int n)
|
|
|
5165 {
|
|
|
5166 char_u str[3];
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 str[0] = CSI;
|
|
|
5169 str[1] = 'k';
|
|
|
5170 str[2] = 'b';
|
|
|
5171 while (n-- > 0)
|
|
|
5172 add_to_input_buf(str, 3);
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 static GSList *key_press_event_queue = NULL;
|
|
|
5176 static gboolean processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5179 static void
|
|
|
5180 preedit_draw_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5181 {
|
|
|
5182 XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *draw_data;
|
|
|
5183 XIMText *text;
|
|
|
5184 char *src;
|
|
|
5185 GSList *event_queue;
|
|
|
5186
|
|
|
5187 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5188 xim_log("preedit_draw_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5189 #endif
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 draw_data = (XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *) call_data;
|
|
|
5192 text = (XIMText *) draw_data->text;
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 if ((text == NULL && draw_data->chg_length == preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5195 || preedit_buf_len == 0)
|
|
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
5198 vim_free(draw_feedback);
|
|
|
5199 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5200 }
|
|
|
5201 if (draw_data->chg_length > 0)
|
|
|
5202 {
|
|
|
5203 int bs_cnt;
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 if (draw_data->chg_length > preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5206 bs_cnt = preedit_buf_len;
|
|
|
5207 else
|
|
|
5208 bs_cnt = draw_data->chg_length;
|
|
|
5209 xim_back_delete(bs_cnt);
|
|
|
5210 preedit_buf_len -= bs_cnt;
|
|
|
5211 }
|
|
|
5212 if (text != NULL)
|
|
|
5213 {
|
|
|
5214 int len;
|
|
|
5215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5216 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5217 unsigned int nfeedback = 0;
|
|
|
5218 #endif
|
|
|
5219 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 src = text->string.multi_byte;
|
|
|
5222 if (src != NULL && !text->encoding_is_wchar)
|
|
|
5223 {
|
|
|
5224 len = strlen(src);
|
|
|
5225 ptr = (char_u *)src;
|
|
|
5226 /* Avoid the enter for decision */
|
|
|
5227 if (*ptr == '\n')
|
|
|
5228 return;
|
|
|
5229
|
|
|
5230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5231 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE
|
|
|
5232 && (buf = string_convert(&input_conv,
|
|
|
5233 (char_u *)src, &len)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 /* Converted from 'termencoding' to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
5236 add_to_input_buf_csi(buf, len);
|
|
|
5237 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239 else
|
|
|
5240 #endif
|
|
|
5241 add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)src, len);
|
|
|
5242 /* Add count of character to preedit_buf_len */
|
|
|
5243 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5246 if (draw_data->text->feedback != NULL)
|
|
|
5247 {
|
|
|
5248 if (draw_feedback == NULL)
|
|
|
5249 draw_feedback = (char *)alloc(draw_data->chg_first
|
|
|
5250 + text->length);
|
|
|
5251 else
|
|
|
5252 draw_feedback = realloc(draw_feedback,
|
|
|
5253 draw_data->chg_first + text->length);
|
|
|
5254 if (draw_feedback != NULL)
|
|
|
5255 {
|
|
|
5256 draw_feedback[nfeedback + draw_data->chg_first]
|
|
|
5257 = draw_data->text->feedback[nfeedback];
|
|
|
5258 nfeedback++;
|
|
|
5259 }
|
|
|
5260 }
|
|
|
5261 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
5262 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5263 else
|
|
|
5264 #endif
|
|
|
5265 ptr++;
|
|
|
5266 preedit_buf_len++;
|
|
|
5267 }
|
|
|
5268 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5269 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5270 #endif
|
|
|
5271 preedit_end_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273 }
|
|
|
5274 if (text != NULL || draw_data->chg_length > 0)
|
|
|
5275 {
|
|
|
5276 event_queue = key_press_event_queue;
|
|
|
5277 processing_queued_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
5278 while (event_queue != NULL && processing_queued_event)
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 GdkEvent *ev = event_queue->data;
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 gboolean *ret;
|
|
|
5283 gtk_signal_emit_by_name((GtkObject*)gui.mainwin, "key_press_event",
|
|
|
5284 ev, &ret);
|
|
|
5285 gdk_event_free(ev);
|
|
|
5286 event_queue = event_queue->next;
|
|
|
5287 }
|
|
|
5288 processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5289 if (key_press_event_queue)
|
|
|
5290 {
|
|
|
5291 g_slist_free(key_press_event_queue);
|
|
|
5292 key_press_event_queue = NULL;
|
|
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294 }
|
|
|
5295 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
5296 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
5297 }
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 /*
|
|
|
5300 * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string.
|
|
|
5301 * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range.
|
|
|
5302 */
|
|
|
5303 int
|
|
|
5304 im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 if (draw_feedback != NULL && col < preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5307 {
|
|
|
5308 if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMReverse)
|
|
|
5309 return HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
5310 else if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMUnderline)
|
|
|
5311 return HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
5312 else
|
|
|
5313 return hl_attr(HLF_V);
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 return -1;
|
|
|
5317 }
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5320 static void
|
|
|
5321 preedit_caret_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5324 xim_log("preedit_caret_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5325 #endif
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5329 static void
|
|
|
5330 preedit_done_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5331 {
|
|
|
5332 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5333 xim_log("preedit_done_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5334 #endif
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 vim_free(draw_feedback);
|
|
|
5337 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5338 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5339 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5340 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5341 if (showmode() > 0)
|
|
|
5342 {
|
|
|
5343 setcursor();
|
|
|
5344 out_flush();
|
|
|
5345 }
|
|
|
5346 }
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 void
|
|
|
5349 xim_reset(void)
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 char *text;
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5354 xim_log("xim_reset()\n");
|
|
|
5355 #endif
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5358 {
|
|
|
5359 text = XmbResetIC(((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic);
|
|
|
5360 if (text != NULL && !(xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS))
|
|
|
5361 add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)text, strlen(text));
|
|
|
5362 else
|
|
|
5363 preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
5364 if (text != NULL)
|
|
|
5365 XFree(text);
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367 }
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5370 int
|
|
|
5371 xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
|
|
|
5372 {
|
|
|
5373 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5374 xim_log("xim_queue_key_press_event()\n");
|
|
|
5375 #endif
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 if (preedit_buf_len <= 0)
|
|
|
5378 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5379 if (processing_queued_event)
|
|
|
5380 processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 key_press_event_queue = g_slist_append(key_press_event_queue,
|
|
|
5383 gdk_event_copy((GdkEvent *)event));
|
|
|
5384 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5385 }
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5388 static void
|
|
|
5389 preedit_callback_setup(GdkIC *ic)
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 XIC xxic;
|
|
|
5392 XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
|
|
|
5393 XIMCallback preedit_start_cb;
|
|
|
5394 XIMCallback preedit_draw_cb;
|
|
|
5395 XIMCallback preedit_caret_cb;
|
|
|
5396 XIMCallback preedit_done_cb;
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 xxic = ((GdkICPrivate*)xic)->xic;
|
|
|
5399 preedit_start_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_start_cbproc;
|
|
|
5400 preedit_draw_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_draw_cbproc;
|
|
|
5401 preedit_caret_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_caret_cbproc;
|
|
|
5402 preedit_done_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_done_cbproc;
|
|
|
5403 preedit_attr
|
|
|
5404 = XVaCreateNestedList (0,
|
|
|
5405 XNPreeditStartCallback, &preedit_start_cb,
|
|
|
5406 XNPreeditDrawCallback, &preedit_draw_cb,
|
|
|
5407 XNPreeditCaretCallback, &preedit_caret_cb,
|
|
|
5408 XNPreeditDoneCallback, &preedit_done_cb,
|
|
|
5409 0);
|
|
|
5410 XSetICValues (xxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, 0);
|
|
|
5411 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5415 static void
|
|
|
5416 reset_state_setup(GdkIC *ic)
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
5419 /* don't change the input context when we call reset */
|
|
|
5420 XSetICValues(((GdkICPrivate*)ic)->xic, XNResetState, XIMPreserveState, 0);
|
|
|
5421 #endif
|
|
|
5422 }
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 void
|
|
|
5425 xim_init(void)
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5428 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
5429 #endif
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
5432 xic_attr = NULL;
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 if (!gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
5435 {
|
|
|
5436 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
292
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 verbose_enter();
|
|
7
|
5439 EMSG(_("E292: Input Method Server is not running"));
|
|
292
|
5440 verbose_leave();
|
|
|
5441 }
|
|
7
|
5442 return;
|
|
|
5443 }
|
|
|
5444 if ((xic_attr = gdk_ic_attr_new()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5447 gint width, height;
|
|
|
5448 #endif
|
|
|
5449 int mask;
|
|
|
5450 GdkColormap *colormap;
|
|
|
5451 GdkICAttr *attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
5452 int attrmask = (int)GDK_IC_ALL_REQ;
|
|
|
5453 GtkWidget *widget = gui.drawarea;
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 attr->style = (GdkIMStyle)xim_input_style;
|
|
|
5456 attr->client_window = gui.mainwin->window;
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 if ((colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap(widget)) !=
|
|
|
5459 gtk_widget_get_default_colormap())
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_COLORMAP;
|
|
|
5462 attr->preedit_colormap = colormap;
|
|
|
5463 }
|
|
|
5464 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND;
|
|
|
5465 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND;
|
|
|
5466 attr->preedit_foreground = widget->style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
|
|
|
5467 attr->preedit_background = widget->style->base[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5470 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_MASK)
|
|
|
5471 == (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION)
|
|
|
5472 {
|
|
|
5473 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
5474 || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5475 {
|
|
|
5476 EMSG(_(e_overthespot));
|
|
|
5477 }
|
|
|
5478 else
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ;
|
|
|
5483 attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(0);
|
|
|
5484 attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(0);
|
|
|
5485 attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5486 attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5487 attr->preedit_area.width = width - 2*gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5488 attr->preedit_area.height = height - 2*gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5489 attr->preedit_fontset = gui.fontset;
|
|
|
5490 }
|
|
|
5491 }
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK)
|
|
|
5494 == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
5497 || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5498 {
|
|
|
5499 EMSG(_(e_overthespot));
|
|
|
5500 }
|
|
|
5501 else
|
|
|
5502 {
|
|
|
5503 gdk_window_get_size(gui.mainwin->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
5504 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ;
|
|
|
5505 attr->status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
5506 attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1;
|
|
|
5507 attr->status_area.width = width;
|
|
|
5508 attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
5509 attr->status_fontset = gui.fontset;
|
|
|
5510 }
|
|
|
5511 }
|
|
|
5512 else if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK)
|
|
|
5513 == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5514 {
|
|
|
5515 /* FIXME */
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 #endif
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 xic = gdk_ic_new(attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
5522 EMSG(_(e_xim));
|
|
|
5523 else
|
|
|
5524 {
|
|
|
5525 mask = (int)gdk_window_get_events(widget->window);
|
|
|
5526 mask |= (int)gdk_ic_get_events(xic);
|
|
|
5527 gdk_window_set_events(widget->window, (GdkEventMask)mask);
|
|
|
5528 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5529 preedit_callback_setup(xic);
|
|
|
5530 reset_state_setup(xic);
|
|
|
5531 }
|
|
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533 }
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 void
|
|
|
5536 im_shutdown(void)
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5539 xim_log("im_shutdown()\n");
|
|
|
5540 #endif
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5543 {
|
|
|
5544 gdk_im_end();
|
|
|
5545 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
5546 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
5547 }
|
|
|
5548 xim_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
5549 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5550 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5551 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
5555
|
|
|
5556 int
|
|
|
5557 xim_get_status_area_height()
|
|
|
5558 {
|
|
|
5559 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5560 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
5561 return gui.char_height;
|
|
129
|
5562 #else
|
|
|
5563 # if defined FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
42
|
5564 /* always return zero? */
|
|
129
|
5565 # else
|
|
7
|
5566 if (status_area_enabled)
|
|
|
5567 return gui.char_height;
|
|
129
|
5568 # endif
|
|
7
|
5569 #endif
|
|
|
5570 return 0;
|
|
|
5571 }
|
|
|
5572
|
|
|
5573 /*
|
|
|
5574 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return TRUE. Else return FALSE.
|
|
|
5575 * FIXME: This doesn't work correctly: Having focus doesn't always mean XIM is
|
|
|
5576 * active, when not having focus XIM may still be active (e.g., when using a
|
|
|
5577 * tear-off menu item).
|
|
|
5578 */
|
|
|
5579 int
|
|
|
5580 im_get_status()
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5583 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5584 return xim_can_preediting;
|
|
|
5585 # endif
|
|
42
|
5586 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
5587 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
5588 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5589 # endif
|
|
7
|
5590 return xim_has_focus;
|
|
|
5591 }
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 # endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5596 int
|
|
|
5597 im_is_preediting()
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 return xim_has_preediting;
|
|
|
5600 }
|
|
|
5601 # endif
|
|
|
5602 #endif /* FEAT_XIM */
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 /*
|
|
|
5607 * Setup "vcp" for conversion from "from" to "to".
|
|
|
5608 * The names must have been made canonical with enc_canonize().
|
|
|
5609 * vcp->vc_type must have been initialized to CONV_NONE.
|
|
|
5610 * Note: cannot be used for conversion from/to ucs-2 and ucs-4 (will use utf-8
|
|
|
5611 * instead).
|
|
|
5612 * Afterwards invoke with "from" and "to" equal to NULL to cleanup.
|
|
|
5613 * Return FAIL when conversion is not supported, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
5614 */
|
|
|
5615 int
|
|
|
5616 convert_setup(vcp, from, to)
|
|
|
5617 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5618 char_u *from;
|
|
|
5619 char_u *to;
|
|
|
5620 {
|
|
|
5621 int from_prop;
|
|
|
5622 int to_prop;
|
|
|
5623
|
|
|
5624 /* Reset to no conversion. */
|
|
|
5625 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5626 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_ICONV && vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
|
|
|
5627 iconv_close(vcp->vc_fd);
|
|
|
5628 # endif
|
|
|
5629 vcp->vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
5630 vcp->vc_factor = 1;
|
|
|
5631 vcp->vc_fail = FALSE;
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /* No conversion when one of the names is empty or they are equal. */
|
|
|
5634 if (from == NULL || *from == NUL || to == NULL || *to == NUL
|
|
|
5635 || STRCMP(from, to) == 0)
|
|
|
5636 return OK;
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 from_prop = enc_canon_props(from);
|
|
|
5639 to_prop = enc_canon_props(to);
|
|
|
5640 if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5641 {
|
|
|
5642 /* Internal latin1 -> utf-8 conversion. */
|
|
|
5643 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_UTF8;
|
|
|
5644 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5645 }
|
|
26
|
5646 else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN9) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 /* Internal latin9 -> utf-8 conversion. */
|
|
|
5649 vcp->vc_type = CONV_9_TO_UTF8;
|
|
|
5650 vcp->vc_factor = 3; /* up to three as long (euro sign) */
|
|
|
5651 }
|
|
7
|
5652 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
|
|
|
5653 {
|
|
|
5654 /* Internal utf-8 -> latin1 conversion. */
|
|
|
5655 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN1;
|
|
|
5656 }
|
|
26
|
5657 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN9))
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 /* Internal utf-8 -> latin9 conversion. */
|
|
|
5660 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN9;
|
|
|
5661 }
|
|
7
|
5662 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5663 /* Win32-specific codepage <-> codepage conversion without iconv. */
|
|
|
5664 else if (((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(from) > 0)
|
|
|
5665 && ((to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(to) > 0))
|
|
|
5666 {
|
|
|
5667 vcp->vc_type = CONV_CODEPAGE;
|
|
|
5668 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5669 vcp->vc_cpfrom = (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(from);
|
|
|
5670 vcp->vc_cpto = (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(to);
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 #endif
|
|
|
5673 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
5674 else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
|
|
|
5675 {
|
|
|
5676 vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_LATIN1;
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678 else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_UTF8;
|
|
|
5681 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683 else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 vcp->vc_type = CONV_LATIN1_MAC;
|
|
|
5686 }
|
|
|
5687 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 vcp->vc_type = CONV_UTF8_MAC;
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691 #endif
|
|
|
5692 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5693 else
|
|
|
5694 {
|
|
|
5695 /* Use iconv() for conversion. */
|
|
|
5696 vcp->vc_fd = (iconv_t)my_iconv_open(
|
|
|
5697 (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : to,
|
|
|
5698 (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : from);
|
|
|
5699 if (vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
|
|
|
5700 {
|
|
|
5701 vcp->vc_type = CONV_ICONV;
|
|
|
5702 vcp->vc_factor = 4; /* could be longer too... */
|
|
|
5703 }
|
|
|
5704 }
|
|
|
5705 # endif
|
|
|
5706 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
5707 return FAIL;
|
|
167
|
5708
|
|
7
|
5709 return OK;
|
|
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(WIN3264) \
|
|
|
5713 || defined(MSDOS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5714 /*
|
|
|
5715 * Do conversion on typed input characters in-place.
|
|
|
5716 * The input and output are not NUL terminated!
|
|
|
5717 * Returns the length after conversion.
|
|
|
5718 */
|
|
|
5719 int
|
|
|
5720 convert_input(ptr, len, maxlen)
|
|
|
5721 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5722 int len;
|
|
|
5723 int maxlen;
|
|
|
5724 {
|
|
|
5725 return convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727 #endif
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 /*
|
|
|
5730 * Like convert_input(), but when there is an incomplete byte sequence at the
|
|
|
5731 * end return that as an allocated string in "restp" and set "*restlenp" to
|
|
|
5732 * the length. If "restp" is NULL it is not used.
|
|
|
5733 */
|
|
|
5734 int
|
|
|
5735 convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, restp, restlenp)
|
|
|
5736 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5737 int len;
|
|
|
5738 int maxlen;
|
|
|
5739 char_u **restp;
|
|
|
5740 int *restlenp;
|
|
|
5741 {
|
|
|
5742 char_u *d;
|
|
|
5743 int dlen = len;
|
|
|
5744 int unconvertlen = 0;
|
|
|
5745
|
|
|
5746 d = string_convert_ext(&input_conv, ptr, &dlen,
|
|
|
5747 restp == NULL ? NULL : &unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5748 if (d != NULL)
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
|
5750 if (dlen <= maxlen)
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 if (unconvertlen > 0)
|
|
|
5753 {
|
|
|
5754 /* Move the unconverted characters to allocated memory. */
|
|
|
5755 *restp = alloc(unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5756 if (*restp != NULL)
|
|
|
5757 mch_memmove(*restp, ptr + len - unconvertlen, unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5758 *restlenp = unconvertlen;
|
|
|
5759 }
|
|
|
5760 mch_memmove(ptr, d, dlen);
|
|
|
5761 }
|
|
|
5762 else
|
|
|
5763 /* result is too long, keep the unconverted text (the caller must
|
|
|
5764 * have done something wrong!) */
|
|
|
5765 dlen = len;
|
|
|
5766 vim_free(d);
|
|
|
5767 }
|
|
|
5768 return dlen;
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 #if defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
18
|
5772 /* This is in os_mac_conv.c. */
|
|
|
5773 extern char_u *mac_string_convert __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int len, int *lenp, int fail_on_error, int from, int to, int *unconvlenp));
|
|
7
|
5774 #endif
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 /*
|
|
|
5777 * Convert text "ptr[*lenp]" according to "vcp".
|
|
|
5778 * Returns the result in allocated memory and sets "*lenp".
|
|
|
5779 * When "lenp" is NULL, use NUL terminated strings.
|
|
|
5780 * Illegal chars are often changed to "?", unless vcp->vc_fail is set.
|
|
|
5781 * When something goes wrong, NULL is returned and "*lenp" is unchanged.
|
|
|
5782 */
|
|
|
5783 char_u *
|
|
|
5784 string_convert(vcp, ptr, lenp)
|
|
|
5785 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5786 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5787 int *lenp;
|
|
|
5788 {
|
|
|
5789 return string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, NULL);
|
|
|
5790 }
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 /*
|
|
|
5793 * Like string_convert(), but when "unconvlenp" is not NULL and there are is
|
|
|
5794 * an incomplete sequence at the end it is not converted and "*unconvlenp" is
|
|
|
5795 * set to the number of remaining bytes.
|
|
|
5796 */
|
|
|
5797 char_u *
|
|
|
5798 string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, unconvlenp)
|
|
|
5799 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5800 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5801 int *lenp;
|
|
|
5802 int *unconvlenp;
|
|
|
5803 {
|
|
|
5804 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5805 char_u *d;
|
|
|
5806 int len;
|
|
|
5807 int i;
|
|
|
5808 int l;
|
|
|
5809 int c;
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 if (lenp == NULL)
|
|
|
5812 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
5813 else
|
|
|
5814 len = *lenp;
|
|
|
5815 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
5816 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
5817
|
|
|
5818 switch (vcp->vc_type)
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 case CONV_TO_UTF8: /* latin1 to utf-8 conversion */
|
|
|
5821 retval = alloc(len * 2 + 1);
|
|
|
5822 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5823 break;
|
|
|
5824 d = retval;
|
|
|
5825 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5826 {
|
|
26
|
5827 c = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5828 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
5829 *d++ = c;
|
|
7
|
5830 else
|
|
|
5831 {
|
|
26
|
5832 *d++ = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
|
|
|
5833 *d++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
7
|
5834 }
|
|
|
5835 }
|
|
|
5836 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5837 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5838 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5839 break;
|
|
|
5840
|
|
26
|
5841 case CONV_9_TO_UTF8: /* latin9 to utf-8 conversion */
|
|
|
5842 retval = alloc(len * 3 + 1);
|
|
|
5843 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5844 break;
|
|
|
5845 d = retval;
|
|
|
5846 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5847 {
|
|
|
5848 c = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5849 switch (c)
|
|
|
5850 {
|
|
|
5851 case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break; /* euro */
|
|
|
5852 case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break; /* S hat */
|
|
|
5853 case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
|
5854 case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
|
5855 case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
|
5856 case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break; /* OE */
|
|
|
5857 case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break; /* oe */
|
|
|
5858 case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break; /* Y */
|
|
|
5859 }
|
|
|
5860 d += utf_char2bytes(c, d);
|
|
|
5861 }
|
|
|
5862 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5863 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5864 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5865 break;
|
|
|
5866
|
|
7
|
5867 case CONV_TO_LATIN1: /* utf-8 to latin1 conversion */
|
|
26
|
5868 case CONV_TO_LATIN9: /* utf-8 to latin9 conversion */
|
|
7
|
5869 retval = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
5870 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5871 break;
|
|
|
5872 d = retval;
|
|
|
5873 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
474
|
5875 l = utf_ptr2len(ptr + i);
|
|
7
|
5876 if (l == 0)
|
|
|
5877 *d++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5878 else if (l == 1)
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 if (unconvlenp != NULL && utf8len_tab[ptr[i]] > len - i)
|
|
|
5881 {
|
|
|
5882 /* Incomplete sequence at the end. */
|
|
|
5883 *unconvlenp = len - i;
|
|
|
5884 break;
|
|
|
5885 }
|
|
|
5886 *d++ = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5887 }
|
|
|
5888 else
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 c = utf_ptr2char(ptr + i);
|
|
26
|
5891 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_TO_LATIN9)
|
|
|
5892 switch (c)
|
|
|
5893 {
|
|
|
5894 case 0x20ac: c = 0xa4; break; /* euro */
|
|
|
5895 case 0x0160: c = 0xa6; break; /* S hat */
|
|
|
5896 case 0x0161: c = 0xa8; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
|
5897 case 0x017d: c = 0xb4; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
|
5898 case 0x017e: c = 0xb8; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
|
5899 case 0x0152: c = 0xbc; break; /* OE */
|
|
|
5900 case 0x0153: c = 0xbd; break; /* oe */
|
|
|
5901 case 0x0178: c = 0xbe; break; /* Y */
|
|
|
5902 case 0xa4:
|
|
|
5903 case 0xa6:
|
|
|
5904 case 0xa8:
|
|
|
5905 case 0xb4:
|
|
|
5906 case 0xb8:
|
|
|
5907 case 0xbc:
|
|
|
5908 case 0xbd:
|
|
|
5909 case 0xbe: c = 0x100; break; /* not in latin9 */
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
7
|
5911 if (!utf_iscomposing(c)) /* skip composing chars */
|
|
|
5912 {
|
|
|
5913 if (c < 0x100)
|
|
|
5914 *d++ = c;
|
|
|
5915 else if (vcp->vc_fail)
|
|
|
5916 {
|
|
|
5917 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5918 return NULL;
|
|
|
5919 }
|
|
|
5920 else
|
|
|
5921 {
|
|
|
5922 *d++ = 0xbf;
|
|
|
5923 if (utf_char2cells(c) > 1)
|
|
|
5924 *d++ = '?';
|
|
|
5925 }
|
|
|
5926 }
|
|
|
5927 i += l - 1;
|
|
|
5928 }
|
|
|
5929 }
|
|
|
5930 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5931 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5932 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5933 break;
|
|
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
5936 case CONV_MAC_LATIN1:
|
|
|
5937 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5938 'm', 'l', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5939 break;
|
|
|
5940
|
|
|
5941 case CONV_LATIN1_MAC:
|
|
|
5942 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5943 'l', 'm', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5944 break;
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 case CONV_MAC_UTF8:
|
|
|
5947 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5948 'm', 'u', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5949 break;
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 case CONV_UTF8_MAC:
|
|
|
5952 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5953 'u', 'm', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5954 break;
|
|
|
5955 # endif
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5958 case CONV_ICONV: /* conversion with output_conv.vc_fd */
|
|
|
5959 retval = iconv_string(vcp, ptr, len, unconvlenp);
|
|
|
5960 if (retval != NULL && lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5961 *lenp = (int)STRLEN(retval);
|
|
|
5962 break;
|
|
|
5963 # endif
|
|
|
5964 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5965 case CONV_CODEPAGE: /* codepage -> codepage */
|
|
|
5966 {
|
|
|
5967 int retlen;
|
|
|
5968 int tmp_len;
|
|
|
5969 short_u *tmp;
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 /* 1. codepage/UTF-8 -> ucs-2. */
|
|
|
5972 if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
|
|
|
5973 tmp_len = utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5974 else
|
|
|
5975 tmp_len = MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0,
|
|
|
5976 ptr, len, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5977 tmp = (short_u *)alloc(sizeof(short_u) * tmp_len);
|
|
|
5978 if (tmp == NULL)
|
|
|
5979 break;
|
|
|
5980 if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
|
|
|
5981 utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, tmp, unconvlenp);
|
|
|
5982 else
|
|
|
5983 MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0, ptr, len, tmp, tmp_len);
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 /* 2. ucs-2 -> codepage/UTF-8. */
|
|
|
5986 if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
|
|
|
5987 retlen = ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, NULL);
|
|
|
5988 else
|
|
|
5989 retlen = WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0,
|
|
|
5990 tmp, tmp_len, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5991 retval = alloc(retlen + 1);
|
|
|
5992 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5993 {
|
|
|
5994 if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
|
|
|
5995 ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, retval);
|
|
|
5996 else
|
|
|
5997 WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0,
|
|
|
5998 tmp, tmp_len, retval, retlen, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5999 retval[retlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
6000 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
6001 *lenp = retlen;
|
|
|
6002 }
|
|
|
6003 vim_free(tmp);
|
|
|
6004 break;
|
|
|
6005 }
|
|
|
6006 # endif
|
|
|
6007 }
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 return retval;
|
|
|
6010 }
|
|
|
6011 #endif
|
